CY8C5867LTI-LP028 [CYPRESS]

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®); 可编程系统级芯片( PSoC® )
CY8C5867LTI-LP028
型号: CY8C5867LTI-LP028
厂家: CYPRESS    CYPRESS
描述:

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)
可编程系统级芯片( PSoC® )

文件: 总122页 (文件大小:4009K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)  
General Description  
With its unique array of configurable blocks, PSoC® 5LP is a true system-level solution providing microcontroller unit (MCU), memory,  
analog, and digital peripheral functions in a single chip. The CY8C58LP family offers a modern method of signal acquisition, signal  
processing, and control with high accuracy, high bandwidth, and high flexibility. Analog capability spans the range from thermocouples  
(near DC voltages) to ultrasonic signals. The CY8C58LP family can handle dozens of data acquisition channels and analog inputs on  
every general-purpose input/output (GPIO) pin. The CY8C58LP family is also a high-performance configurable digital system with  
some part numbers including interfaces such as USB, multimaster inter-integrated circuit (I2C), and controller area network (CAN).  
In addition to communication interfaces, the CY8C58LP family has an easy to configure logic array, flexible routing to all I/O pins, and  
a high-performance 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 microprocessor core. You can easily create system-level designs using a rich library  
of prebuilt components and boolean primitives using PSoC Creator™, a hierarchical schematic design entry tool. The CY8C58LP  
family provides unparalleled opportunities for analog and digital bill of materials integration while easily accommodating last minute  
design changes through simple firmware updates.  
Library of advanced peripherals  
Features  
32-bit ARM Cortex-M3 CPU core  
DC to 67 MHz operation  
2F0la-syheaprroregtreanmtiomne, manodrym, uupltitpole25s6ecKuBri,ty10fe0a,0tu0r0eswrite cycles,  
tUiopntosto32ra-KgeB flash error correcting code (ECC) or configura-  
Up to 64 KB SRAM  
• Cyclic redundancy check (CRC)  
• Pseudo random sequence (PRS) generator  
• Local interconnect network (LIN) bus 2.0  
• Quadrature decoder  
Analog peripherals (1.71 V VDDA 5.5 V)  
+1.8052°4CV ±0.1% internal voltage reference across –40°C to  
Configurable delta-sigma ADC with 8- to 20-bit resolution  
• Sample rates up to 192 ksps  
(2E-KEBPRelOecMtr)icmaellymeorrays, a1bMlecpyrocglersa,mamndab2l0e yreeaadrs-orneltyemnteiomnory  
A24H-Bch[1a]nbnuesl adcirceecstsmemory access (DMA) with multilayer  
• Programmable gain stage: ×0.25 to ×16  
• 12-bit mode, 192 ksps, 66-dB signal to noise and distortion  
• Programmable chained descriptors and priorities  
• High bandwidth 32-bit transfer support  
ratio (SINAD), ±1-bit INL/DNL  
• 16-bit mode, 48 ksps, 84-dB SINAD, ±2-bit INL, ±1-bit DNL  
Low voltage, ultra low power  
Wide operating voltage range: 0.5 V to 5.5 V  
5H.i0ghV-eofufictpieuntcy boost regulator from 0.5 V input to 1.8 V to  
Up to two SAR ADCs, each 12-bit at 1 Msps  
Four 8-bit 8 Msps current IDACs or 1-Msps voltage VDACs  
Four comparators with 95-ns response time  
Four uncommitted opamps with 25-mA drive capability  
3.1 mA at 6 MHz  
Low power modes including:  
fFigouurractoionnfsigaurreabpleromgrualmtifumnacbtiloengaaninalaomg pbllioficekrs(.PEGxAam), ptrlaenc-on-  
simpedance amplifier (TIA), mixer, and sample and hold  
• 2-µA sleep mode with real time clock (RTC) and low-volt-  
age detect (LVD) interrupt  
CapSense support  
• 300-nA hibernate mode with RAM retention  
Programming, debug, and trace  
Versatile I/O system  
vJiTeAwGer(4(SwWirVe)),,saenrdiaTl wRiAreCdEePbOuRgT(SinWteDr)fa(c2ewsire), single wire  
Cortex-M3 flash patch and breakpoint (FPB) block  
28 to 72 I/Os (62 GPIOs, 8 SIOs, 2 USBIOs[2]  
)
Any GPIO to any digital or analog peripheral routability  
LCD direct drive from any GPIO, up to 46×16 segments  
CapSense® support from any GPIO[3]  
1.2 V to 5.5 V I/O interface voltages, up to 4 domains  
Maskable, independent IRQ on any pin or port  
Schmitt-trigger transistor-transistor logic (TTL) inputs  
pAullllG-uPpI/Opusllc-odnofwignu,rHabigleh-aZs, oorpestnrodnrgainouhtpiguht/low,  
Configurable GPIO pin state at power-on reset (POR)  
25 mA sink on SIO  
aCtoersteaxn-Min3stErumcbtioenddtreadceTrsatcreeaMma.crocell™ (ETM™) gener-  
tCraocrteexin-Mfo3rmdaattiaonwatchpoint and trace (DWT) generates data  
uCsoerdtefxo-rMp3riInntsf-tsrutymleednetabtuiogngiTnrgace Macrocell (ITM) can be  
aDnWdTt,raEcTeMs,yasntedmITsMvbialotchkesScWomVmournTicRaAteCwEiPthOoRffT-chipdebug  
Bootloader programming supportable through I2C, SPI,  
UART, USB, and other interfaces  
Digital peripherals  
Precision, programmable clocking  
d2i0gittoal2b4lopcrkosgr(aUmDmBsa)ble logic device (PLD) based universal  
a3g- teor6a2n-gMeHz internal oscillator over full temperature and volt-  
4- to 25-MHz crystal oscillator for crystal PPM accuracy  
Internal PLL clock generation up to 67 MHz  
Full CAN 2.0b 16 RX, 8 TX buffers[2]  
Full-Speed (FS) USB 2.0 12 Mbps using internal oscillator[2]  
Four 16-bit configurable timers, counters, and PWM blocks  
32.768-kHz watch crystal oscillator  
Low power internal oscillator at 1, 33, and 100 kHz  
i6m7p-MleHmze,n2t4fi-nbiittefiixmepduplsoeinrtedspigoitnaslefil(tFeIrRb)loacnkd(iDnfFinBit)etoimpulse  
Temperature and packaging  
–40 °C to +85 °C degrees industrial temperature  
68-pin QFN and 100-pin TQFP package options.  
response (IIR) filters  
Library of standard peripherals  
• 8-, 16-, 24-, and 32-bit timers, counters, and PWMs  
• Serial peripheral interface (SPI), universal asynchronous  
transmitter receiver (UART), and I2C  
• Many others available in catalog  
Notes  
1. AHB – AMBA (advanced microcontroller bus architecture) high-performance bus, an ARM data transfer bus  
2. This feature on select devices only. See Ordering Information on page 115 for details.  
3. GPIOs with opamp outputs are not recommended for use with CapSense.  
Cypress Semiconductor Corporation  
198 Champion Court  
San Jose  
,
CA 95134-1709  
408-943-2600  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Revised December 7, 2012  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Contents  
1. Architectural Overview ................................................. 3  
2. Pinouts ........................................................................... 5  
3. Pin Descriptions ............................................................ 9  
8.7 LCD Direct Drive ..................................................54  
8.8 CapSense .............................................................55  
8.9 Temp Sensor ........................................................55  
8.10 DAC ....................................................................55  
8.11 Up/Down Mixer ...................................................56  
8.12 Sample and Hold ................................................56  
4. CPU ............................................................................... 11  
4.1 ARM Cortex-M3 CPU ...........................................11  
4.2 Cache Controller ..................................................12  
4.3 DMA and PHUB ...................................................12  
4.4 Interrupt Controller ...............................................15  
9. Programming, Debug Interfaces, Resources ............ 57  
9.1 JTAG Interface .....................................................57  
9.2 SWD Interface ......................................................59  
9.3 Debug Features ....................................................60  
9.4 Trace Features .....................................................60  
9.5 SWV and TRACEPORT Interfaces ......................60  
9.6 Programming Features .........................................60  
9.7 Device Security ....................................................60  
5. Memory ......................................................................... 17  
5.1 Static RAM ...........................................................17  
5.2 Flash Program Memory ........................................17  
5.3 Flash Security .......................................................17  
5.4 EEPROM ..............................................................17  
5.5 Nonvolatile Latches (NVLs) ..................................18  
5.6 External Memory Interface ...................................19  
5.7 Memory Map ........................................................20  
10. Development Support ............................................... 61  
10.1 Documentation ...................................................61  
10.2 Online .................................................................61  
10.3 Tools ...................................................................61  
6. System Integration ...................................................... 21  
6.1 Clocking System ...................................................21  
6.2 Power System ......................................................24  
6.3 Reset ....................................................................28  
6.4 I/O System and Routing .......................................29  
11. Electrical Specifications ........................................... 62  
11.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ................................62  
11.2 Device Level Specifications ................................63  
11.3 Power Regulators ...............................................65  
11.4 Inputs and Outputs .............................................69  
11.5 Analog Peripherals .............................................77  
11.6 Digital Peripherals ............................................100  
11.7 Memory ............................................................104  
11.8 PSoC System Resources .................................108  
11.9 Clocking ............................................................111  
7. Digital Subsystem ....................................................... 36  
7.1 Example Peripherals ............................................36  
7.2 Universal Digital Block ..........................................38  
7.3 UDB Array Description .........................................41  
7.4 DSI Routing Interface Description ........................41  
7.5 CAN ......................................................................43  
7.6 USB ......................................................................44  
7.7 Timers, Counters, and PWMs ..............................44  
7.8 I2C ........................................................................45  
7.9 Digital Filter Block .................................................46  
12. Ordering Information ............................................... 115  
12.1 Part Numbering Conventions ...........................116  
13. Packaging ................................................................. 117  
14. Acronyms ................................................................. 119  
15. Reference Documents ............................................. 120  
8. Analog Subsystem ...................................................... 46  
8.1 Analog Routing .....................................................48  
8.2 Delta-sigma ADC ..................................................50  
8.3 Successive Approximation ADC ...........................51  
8.4 Comparators .........................................................51  
8.5 Opamps ................................................................53  
8.6 Programmable SC/CT Blocks ..............................53  
16. Document Conventions .......................................... 121  
16.1 Units of Measure ..............................................121  
17. Revision History ...................................................... 122  
18. Sales, Solutions, and Legal Information ............... 122  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 2 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
1. Architectural Overview  
Introducing the CY8C58LP family of ultra low power, flash Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC) devices, part of a scalable 8-bit  
PSoC 3 and 32-bit PSoC 5LP platform. The CY8C58LP family provides configurable blocks of analog, digital, and interconnect circuitry  
around a CPU subsystem. The combination of a CPU with a flexible analog subsystem, digital subsystem, routing, and I/O enables  
a high level of integration in a wide variety of consumer, industrial, and medical applications.  
Figure 1-1. Simplified Block Diagram  
Analog Interconnect  
Digital Interconnect  
System Wide  
Resources  
Digital System  
I2C  
Master/  
Slave  
Universal Digital Block Array(24 x UDB)  
CAN  
2.0  
8- Bit  
Timer  
Quadrature Decoder  
16- Bit PRS  
4- 25 MHz  
( Optional)  
16- Bit  
PWM  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
22 Ω  
Xtal  
Osc  
USB  
PHY  
UDB  
8- Bit  
FS USB  
2.0  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
I 2C Slave  
UDB  
4x  
Timer  
8- Bit SPI  
Logic  
Timer  
Counter  
PWM  
12- Bit SPI  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
IMO  
Logic  
32.768 KHz  
( Optional)  
UDB  
UDB  
UART  
12- Bit PWM  
RTC  
Timer  
System Bus  
Program &  
Debug  
Memory System  
CPU System  
WDT  
and  
Wake  
Interrupt  
Cortex M3CPU  
EEPROM  
SRAM  
Program  
Controller  
Debug&  
Trace  
Cache  
Controller  
PHUB  
DMA  
FLASH  
EMIF  
Boundary  
Scan  
ILO  
Clocking System  
Analog System  
Digital  
Filter  
Block  
Power Management  
System  
LCD Direct  
Drive  
+
4 x  
ADCs  
2 x  
Opamp  
POR and  
LVD  
3 per  
Opamp  
-
SAR  
ADC  
4 x SC/CT Blocks  
(TIA, PGA, Mixer etc)  
Sleep  
Power  
+
-
Temperature  
Sensor  
4 x  
CMP  
1.8 V LDO  
SMP  
1 x  
Del Sig  
ADC  
4x DAC  
CapSense  
0. 5 to5.5 V  
( Optional)  
Figure 1-1 illustrates the major components of the CY8C58LP  
family. They are:  
PSoC’s digital subsystem provides half of its unique  
configurability. It connects a digital signal from any peripheral to  
any pin through the digital system interconnect (DSI). It also  
provides functional flexibility through an array of small, fast, low  
power UDBs. PSoC Creator provides a library of pre-built and  
tested standard digital peripherals (UART, SPI, LIN, PRS, CRC,  
timer, counter, PWM, AND, OR, and so on) that are mapped to  
the UDB array. You can also easily create a digital circuit using  
boolean primitives by means of graphical design entry. Each  
UDB contains programmable array logic (PAL)/programmable  
logic device (PLD) functionality, together with a small state  
machine engine to support a wide variety of peripherals.  
ARM Cortex-M3 CPU subsystem  
Nonvolatile subsystem  
Programming, debug, and test subsystem  
Inputs and outputs  
Clocking  
Power  
Digital subsystem  
Analog subsystem  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 3 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
In addition to the flexibility of the UDB array, PSoC also provides  
configurable digital blocks targeted at specific functions. For the  
CY8C58LP family, these blocks can include four 16-bit timers,  
counters, and PWM blocks; I2C slave, master, and multimaster;  
Full-Speed USB; and Full CAN 2.0b.  
In addition to the ADCs, DACs, and DFB, the analog subsystem  
provides multiple:  
Comparators  
Uncommitted opamps  
For more details on the peripherals see the “Example  
Peripherals” section on page 36 of this datasheet. For  
information on UDBs, DSI, and other digital blocks, see the  
“Digital Subsystem” section on page 36 of this datasheet.  
Configurable switched capacitor/continuous time (SC/CT)  
blocks. These support:  
Transimpedance amplifiers  
Programmable gain amplifiers  
Mixers  
PSoC’s analog subsystem is the second half of its unique  
configurability. All analog performance is based on a highly  
accurate absolute voltage reference with less than 0.1% error  
over temperature and voltage. The configurable analog  
subsystem includes:  
Other similar analog components  
See the “Analog Subsystem” section on page 46 of this  
datasheet for more details.  
PSoC’s CPU subsystem is built around a 32-bit three-stage  
pipelined ARM Cortex-M3 processor running at up to 67 MHz.  
The Cortex-M3 includes a tightly integrated nested vectored  
interrupt controller (NVIC) and various debug and trace modules.  
The overall CPU subsystem includes a DMA controller, flash  
cache, and RAM. The NVIC provides low latency, nested  
interrupts, and tail-chaining of interrupts and other features to  
increase the efficiency of interrupt handling. The DMA controller  
enables peripherals to exchange data without CPU involvement.  
This allows the CPU to run slower (saving power) or use those  
CPU cycles to improve the performance of firmware algorithms.  
The flash cache also reduces system power consumption by  
allowing less frequent flash access.  
Analog muxes  
Comparators  
Analog mixers  
Voltage references  
ADCs  
DACs  
Digital filter block (DFB)  
All GPIO pins can route analog signals into and out of the device  
using the internal analog bus. This allows the device to interface  
up to 62 discrete analog signals. One of the ADCs in the analog  
subsystem is a fast, accurate, configurable delta-sigma ADC  
with these features:  
PSoC’s nonvolatile subsystem consists of flash, byte-writeable  
EEPROM, and nonvolatile configuration options. It provides up  
to 256 KB of on-chip flash. The CPU can reprogram individual  
blocks of flash, enabling boot loaders. You can enable an ECC  
for high reliability applications. A powerful and flexible protection  
model secures the user's sensitive information, allowing  
selective memory block locking for read and write protection.  
Two KB of byte-writable EEPROM is available on-chip to store  
application data. Additionally, selected configuration options  
such as boot speed and pin drive mode are stored in nonvolatile  
memory. This allows settings to activate immediately after POR.  
Less than 100-µV offset  
A gain error of 0.2%  
Integral non linearity (INL) less than ±2 LSB  
Differential non linearity (DNL) less than ±1 LSB  
SINAD better than 84 dB in 16-bit mode  
This converter addresses a wide variety of precision analog  
applications including some of the most demanding sensors.  
The three types of PSoC I/O are extremely flexible. All I/Os have  
many drive modes that are set at POR. PSoC also provides up  
to four I/O voltage domains through the VDDIO pins. Every GPIO  
has analog I/O, LCD drive, CapSense, flexible interrupt  
generation, slew rate control, and digital I/O capability. The SIOs  
on PSoC allow VOH to be set independently of VDDIO when used  
as outputs. When SIOs are in input mode they are high  
impedance. This is true even when the device is not powered or  
when the pin voltage goes above the supply voltage. This makes  
the SIO ideally suited for use on an I2C bus where the PSoC may  
not be powered when other devices on the bus are. The SIO pins  
also have high current sink capability for applications such as  
LED drives. The programmable input threshold feature of the  
SIO can be used to make the SIO function as a general purpose  
analog comparator. For devices with FS USB, the USB physical  
interface is also provided (USBIO). When not using USB, these  
pins may also be used for limited digital functionality and device  
programming. All the features of the PSoC I/Os are covered in  
detail in the “I/O System and Routing” section on page 29 of this  
datasheet.  
The CY8C58LP family also offers up to two SAR ADCs.  
Featuring 12-bit conversions at up to 1 M samples per second,  
they also offer low nonlinearity and offset errors and SNR better  
than 70 dB. They are well-suited for a variety of higher speed  
analog applications.  
The output of any of the ADCs can optionally feed the  
programmable DFB via DMA without CPU intervention. You can  
configure the DFB to perform IIR and FIR digital filters and  
several user defined custom functions. The DFB can implement  
filters with up to 64 taps. It can perform  
a 48-bit  
multiply-accumulate (MAC) operation in one clock cycle.  
Four high-speed voltage or current DACs support 8-bit output  
signals at an update rate of up to 8 Msps. They can be routed  
out of any GPIO pin. You can create higher resolution voltage  
PWM DAC outputs using the UDB array. This can be used to  
create a pulse width modulated (PWM) DAC of up to 10 bits, at  
up to 48 kHz. The digital DACs in each UDB support PWM, PRS,  
or delta-sigma algorithms with programmable widths.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 4 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
The PSoC device incorporates flexible internal clock generators,  
2. Pinouts  
designed for high stability and factory trimmed for high accuracy.  
The internal main oscillator (IMO) is the master clock base for  
the system, and has one-percent accuracy at 3 MHz. The IMO  
can be configured to run from 3 MHz up to 62 MHz. Multiple clock  
derivatives can be generated from the main clock frequency to  
meet application needs. The device provides a PLL to generate  
system clock frequencies up to 67 MHz from the IMO, external  
crystal, or external reference clock. It also contains a separate,  
very low-power internal low-speed oscillator (ILO) for the sleep  
and watchdog timers. A 32.768-kHz external watch crystal is  
also supported for use in RTC applications. The clocks, together  
with programmable clock dividers, provide the flexibility to  
integrate most timing requirements.  
Each VDDIO pin powers a specific set of I/O pins. (The USBIOs  
are powered from VDDD.) Using the VDDIO pins, a single PSoC  
can support multiple voltage levels, reducing the need for  
off-chip level shifters. The black lines drawn on the pinout  
diagrams in Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4 show the pins that are  
powered by each VDDIO.  
Each VDDIO may source up to 100 mA total to its associated I/O  
pins, as shown in Figure 2-1.  
Figure 2-1. VDDIO Current Limit  
IDDIO X = 100 mA  
The CY8C58LP family supports a wide supply operating range  
from 1.71 to 5.5 V. This allows operation from regulated supplies  
such as 1.8 ± 5%, 2.5 V ±10%, 3.3 V ± 10%, or 5.0 V ± 10%, or  
directly from a wide range of battery types. In addition, it provides  
an integrated high efficiency synchronous boost converter that  
can power the device from supply voltages as low as 0.5 V. This  
enables the device to be powered directly from a single battery.  
In addition, you can use the boost converter to generate other  
voltages required by the device, such as a 3.3 V supply for LCD  
glass drive. The boost’s output is available on the VBOOST pin,  
allowing other devices in the application to be powered from the  
PSoC.  
VDDIO X  
I/O Pins  
PSoC  
PSoC supports a wide range of low power modes. These include  
a 300-nA hibernate mode with RAM retention and a 2-µA sleep  
mode with RTC. In the second mode, the optional 32.768-kHz  
watch crystal runs continuously and maintains an accurate RTC.  
Conversely, for the 100-pin and 68-pin devices, the set of I/O  
pins associated with any VDDIO may sink up to 100 mA total, as  
shown in Figure 2-2.  
Power to all major functional blocks, including the programmable  
digital and analog peripherals, can be controlled independently  
by firmware. This allows low power background processing  
when some peripherals are not in use. This, in turn, provides a  
total device current of only 3.1 mA when the CPU is running at  
6 MHz.  
Figure 2-2. I/O Pins Current Limit  
Ipins = 100 mA  
The details of the PSoC power modes are covered in the “Power  
System” section on page 24 of this datasheet.  
VDDIO X  
I/O Pins  
PSoC uses JTAG (4 wire) or SWD (2 wire) interfaces for  
programming, debug, and test. Using these standard interfaces  
you can debug or program the PSoC with a variety of hardware  
solutions from Cypress or third party vendors. The Cortex-M3  
debug and trace modules include FPB, DWT, ETM, and ITM.  
These modules have many features to help solve difficult debug  
and trace problems. Details of the programming, test, and  
debugging interfaces are discussed in the “Programming, Debug  
Interfaces, Resources” section on page 57 of this datasheet.  
PSoC  
VSSD  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 5 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 2-3. 68-pin QFN Part Pinout[4]  
(TRACEDATA[2], GPIO) P2[6]  
(TRACEDATA[3], GPIO) P2[7]  
(I2C0: SCL, SIO) P12[4]  
P0[3] (GPIO, OPAMP0-, EXTREF0)  
1
51  
50  
2
3
4
5
6
P0[2] (GPIO, OPAMP0+, SAR1 EXTREF)  
P0[1] (GPIO, OPAMP0OUT)  
49  
Lines show VDDIO  
to I/O supply  
association  
(I2C0: SDA, SIO) P12[5]  
48 P0[0] (GPIO, OPAMP2OUT)  
VSSB  
IND  
47  
P12[3] (SIO)  
P12[2] (SIO)  
46  
VBOOST  
VBAT  
45 VSSD  
VDDA  
44  
7
8
9
QFN  
(TOP VIEW)  
VSSD  
VSSA  
VCCA  
43  
42  
41  
10  
XRES  
(TMS, SWDIO, GPIO) P1[0]  
(TCK, SWDCK, GPIO) P1[1]  
(Configurable XRES, GPIO) P1[2]  
P15[3] (GPIO, KHZ XTAL: XI)  
P15[2] (GPIO, KHZ XTAL: XO)  
11  
12  
13  
40  
39  
P12[1] (SIO, I2C1: SDA)  
(TDO, SWV, GPIO) P1[3] 14  
38 P12[0] (SIO, 12C1: SCL)  
(TDI, GPIO) P1[4]  
(NTRST, GPIO) P1[5]  
VDDIO1  
15  
16  
17  
37  
36  
35  
P3[7] (GPIO, OPAMP3OUT)  
P3[6] (GPIO, OPAMP1OUT)  
VDDIO3  
Notes  
4. The center pad on the QFN package should be connected to digital ground (VSSD) for best mechanical, thermal, and electrical performance. If not connected to  
ground, it should be electrically floated and not connected to any other signal.  
5. Pins are Do Not Use (DNU) on devices without USB. The pin must be left floating.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 6 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 2-4. 100-pin TQFP Part Pinout  
(TRACEDATA[1], GPIO) P2[5]  
(TRACEDATA[2], GPIO) P2[6]  
(TRACEDATA[3], GPIO) P2[7]  
VDDIO0  
1
2
3
4
5
6
75  
74  
P0[3] (GPIO, OPAMP0-, EXTREF0)  
P0[2] (GPIO, OPAMP0+, SAR1 EXTREF)  
P0[1] (GPIO, OPAMP0OUT)  
73  
72  
71  
Lines show VDDIO  
to I/O supply  
association  
(I2C0: SCL, SIO) P12[4]  
(I2C0: SDA, SIO) P12[5]  
(GPIO) P6[4]  
P0[0] (GPIO, OPAMP2OUT)  
P4[1] (GPIO)  
P4[0] (GPIO)  
P12[3] (SIO)  
P12[2] (SIO)  
VSSD  
70  
69  
(GPIO) P6[5]  
(GPIO) P6[6]  
(GPIO) P6[7]  
7
8
9
68  
67  
66  
10  
VSSB  
IND  
VBOOST  
VBAT  
VDDA  
VSSA  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
65  
64  
63  
VCCA  
NC  
TQFP  
VSSD  
XRES  
(GPIO) P5[0]  
(GPIO) P5[1]  
62  
61  
60  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
59  
58  
57  
56  
55  
(GPIO) P5[2]  
(GPIO) P5[3]  
(TMS, SWDIO, GPIO) P1[0]  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
NC  
P15[3] (GPIO, KHZ XTAL: XI)  
P15[2] (GPIO, KHZ XTAL: XO)  
(TCK, SWDCK, GPIO) P1[1]  
(Configurable XRES, GPIO) P1[2]  
(TDO, SWV, GPIO) P1[3]  
P12[1] (SIO, I2C1: SDA)  
P12[0] (SIO, I2C1: SCL)  
P3[7] (GPIO, OPAMP3OUT)  
54  
53  
52  
51  
23  
(TDI, GPIO) P1[4]  
(NTRST, GPIO) P1[5]  
24  
25  
P3[6] (GPIO, OPAMP1OUT)  
Figure 2-5 on page 8 and Figure 2-6 on page 9 show an example schematic and an example PCB layout, for the 100-pin TQFP part,  
for optimal analog performance on a two-layer board.  
The two pins labeled VDDD must be connected together.  
The two pins labeled VCCD must be connected together, with capacitance added, as shown in Figure 2-5 and “Power System”  
section on page 24. The trace between the two VCCD pins should be as short as possible.  
The two pins labeled VSSD must be connected together.  
For information on circuit board layout issues for mixed signals, refer to the application note, AN57821 - Mixed Signal Circuit Board  
Layout Considerations for PSoC® 3 and PSoC 5.  
Notes  
6. Pins are Do Not Use (DNU) on devices without USB. The pin must be left floating.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 7 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 2-5. Example Schematic for 100-pin TQFP Part with Power Connections  
VDDD  
VDDD  
C1  
1 UF  
C2  
0.1 UF  
VDDD  
VCCD  
C6  
0.1 UF  
VSSD  
VSSD  
VSSD  
VDDA  
VDDD  
75  
74  
73  
72  
71  
70  
69  
68  
67  
66  
65  
64  
63  
62  
61  
60  
59  
58  
57  
56  
55  
54  
53  
52  
51  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
P2[5]  
P2[6]  
P2[7]  
P12[4], SIO  
P12[5], SIO  
P6[4]  
P6[5]  
P6[6]  
P6[7]  
VSSB  
IND  
VBOOST  
VBAT  
VSSD  
XRES  
P5[0]  
P5[1]  
VDDIO0  
OA0-, REF0, P0[3]  
OA0+, SAR1REF, P0[2]  
OA0OUT, P0[1]  
OA2OUT, P0[0]  
P4[1]  
C8  
0.1 UF  
C17  
1 UF  
VSSD  
P4[0]  
VSSA  
SIO, P12[3]  
SIO, P12[2]  
VSSD  
VSSD  
VSSD  
VDDA  
VDDA  
VSSA  
VCCA  
VDDA  
VSSA  
VCCA  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
VSSD  
VSSD  
C9  
1 UF  
C10  
0.1 UF  
P5[2]  
P5[3]  
NC  
VSSA  
P1[0], SWDIO, TMS  
P1[1], SWDCK, TCK  
P1[2]  
P1[3], SWV, TDO  
P1[4], TDI  
P1[5], NTRST  
KHZXIN, P15[3]  
KHZXOUT, P15[2]  
SIO, P12[1]  
SIO, P12[0]  
OA3OUT, P3[7]  
OA1OUT, P3[6]  
VDDD  
VDDD  
C11  
0.1 UF  
C12  
0.1 UF  
VSSD  
C15  
C16  
VSSD  
0.1 UF  
1 UF  
VSSD  
Note The two VCCD pins must be connected together with as short a trace as possible. A trace under the device is recommended, as  
shown in Figure 2-6.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 8 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 2-6. Example PCB Layout for 100-pin TQFP Part for Optimal Analog Performance  
VSSA  
VDDD  
VSSD  
VDDA  
VSSA  
Plane  
VSSD  
Plane  
SIO. Provides interfaces to the CPU, digital peripherals and  
interrupts with a programmable high threshold voltage, analog  
comparator, high sink current, and high impedance state when  
the device is unpowered.  
3. Pin Descriptions  
IDAC0, IDAC1, IDAC2, IDAC3. Low-resistance output pin for  
high-current DACs (IDAC).  
SWDCK. SWD Clock programming and debug port connection.  
Opamp0out, Opamp1out, Opamp2out, Opamp3out. High  
current output of uncommitted opamp.[7]  
SWDIO. SWD Input and Output programming and debug port  
connection.  
Extref0, Extref1. External reference input to the analog system.  
SAR0 EXTREF, SAR1 EXTREF. External references for SAR  
ADCs  
TCK. JTAG Test Clock programming and debug port connection.  
TDI. JTAG Test Data In programming and debug port  
connection.  
Opamp0-, Opamp1-, Opamp2-, Opamp3-. Inverting input to  
uncommitted opamp.  
TDO. JTAG Test Data Out programming and debug port  
connection.  
Opamp0+, Opamp1+, Opamp2+, Opamp3+. Noninverting  
input to uncommitted opamp.  
TMS. JTAG Test Mode Select programming and debug port  
GPIO. Provides interfaces to the CPU, digital peripherals,  
analog peripherals, interrupts, LCD segment drive, and  
CapSense.[7]  
connection.  
TRACECLK. Cortex-M3 TRACEPORT connection, clocks  
TRACEDATA pins.  
I2C0: SCL, I2C1: SCL. I2C SCL line providing wake from sleep  
on an address match. Any I/O pin can be used for I2C SCL if  
wake from sleep is not required.  
TRACEDATA[3:0]. Cortex-M3 TRACEPORT connections,  
output data.  
I2C0: SDA, I2C1: SDA. I2C SDA line providing wake from sleep  
on an address match. Any I/O pin can be used for I2C SDA if  
wake from sleep is not required.  
SWV. SWV output.  
USBIO, D+. Provides D+ connection directly to a USB 2.0 bus.  
May be used as a digital I/O pin; it is powered from VDDD instead  
of from a VDDIO. Pins are Do Not Use (DNU) on devices without  
USB.  
Ind. Inductor connection to boost pump.  
kHz XTAL: Xo, kHz XTAL: Xi. 32.768-kHz crystal oscillator pin.  
USBIO, D-. Provides D- connection directly to a USB 2.0 bus.  
May be used as a digital I/O pin; it is powered from VDDD instead  
of from a VDDIO. Pins are Do Not Use (DNU) on devices without  
USB.  
MHz XTAL: Xo, MHz XTAL: Xi. 4 to 25-MHz crystal oscillator  
pin.  
nTRST. Optional JTAG Test Reset programming and debug port  
connection to reset the JTAG connection.  
VBOOST. Power sense connection to boost pump.  
Notes  
7. GPIOs with opamp outputs are not recommended for use with CapSense.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 9 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
VBAT. Battery supply to boost pump.  
VDDA. Supply for all analog peripherals and analog core  
regulator. VDDA must be the highest voltage present on the  
device. All other supply pins must be less than or equal to  
VDDA.  
VCCA. Output of the analog core regulator or the input to  
the analog core. Requires a 1uF capacitor to VSSA. The  
regulator output is not designed to drive external circuits. Note  
that if you use the device with an external core regulator  
(externally regulated mode), the voltage applied to this pin  
must not exceed the allowable range of 1.71 V to 1.89 V.  
When using the internal core regulator, (internally regulated  
mode, the default), do not tie any power to this pin. For details  
see “Power System” section on page 24.  
VDDD. Supply for all digital peripherals and digital core  
regulator. VDDD must be less than or equal to VDDA.  
VSSA. Ground for all analog peripherals.  
VSSB. Ground connection for boost pump.  
VSSD. Ground for all digital logic and I/O pins.  
VCCD. Output of the digital core regulator or the input to the  
digital core. The two VCCD pins must be shorted together, with  
the trace between them as short as possible, and a 1uF capacitor  
to VSSD. The regulator output is not designed to drive external  
circuits. Note that if you use the device with an external core  
regulator (externally regulated mode), the voltage applied to  
this pin must not exceed the allowable range of 1.71 V to  
1.89 V. When using the internal core regulator (internally  
regulated mode, the default), do not tie any power to this pin. For  
details see “Power System” section on page 24.  
VDDIO0, VDDIO1, VDDIO2, VDDIO3. Supply for I/O pins. Each  
VDDIO must be tied to a valid operating voltage (1.71 V to 5.5 V),  
and must be less than or equal to VDDA.  
XRES (and configurable XRES). External reset pin. Active low  
with internal pull-up. Pin P1[2] may be configured to be a XRES  
pin; see “Nonvolatile Latches (NVLs)” on page 18.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 10 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
4. CPU  
4.1 ARM Cortex-M3 CPU  
The CY8C58LP family of devices has an ARM Cortex-M3 CPU core. The Cortex-M3 is a low-power 32-bit three-stage pipelined  
Harvard-architecture CPU that delivers 1.25 DMIPS/MHz. It is intended for deeply embedded applications that require fast interrupt  
handling features.  
Figure 4-1. ARM Cortex-M3 Block Diagram  
Data  
Watchpoint and  
Trace (DWT)  
Nested  
Interrupt Inputs  
Cortex M3 CPU Core  
Vectored  
Interrupt  
Controller  
(NVIC)  
Embedded  
Trace Module  
(ETM)  
Instrumentation  
Trace Module  
(ITM)  
D-Bus  
C-Bus  
I-Bus  
S-Bus  
Trace Pins:  
5 for TRACEPORT or  
1 for SWV mode  
Debug Block  
(Serial and  
JTAG)  
Trace Port  
Interface Unit  
(TPIU)  
JTAG/SWD  
Flash Patch  
and Breakpoint  
(FPB)  
Cortex M3 Wrapper  
AHB  
AHB  
32 KB  
Bus  
Matrix  
Bus  
Matrix  
256 KB  
ECC  
SRAM  
Cache  
Flash  
AHB  
32 KB  
SRAM  
Bus  
Matrix  
AHB Bridge & Bus Matrix  
DMA  
PHUB  
AHB Spokes  
GPIO &  
EMIF  
Prog.  
Digital  
Prog.  
Analog  
Special  
Functions  
Peripherals  
The Cortex-M3 CPU subsystem includes these features:  
4.1.1 Cortex-M3 Features  
The Cortex-M3 CPU features include:  
ARM Cortex-M3 CPU  
4 GB address space. Predefined address regions for code,  
data, and peripherals. Multiple buses for efficient and  
simultaneous accesses of instructions, data, and peripherals.  
Programmable nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC),  
tightly integrated with the CPU core  
Full featured debug and trace modules, tightly integrated with  
the CPU core  
The Thumb®-2 instruction set, which offers ARM-level  
performance at Thumb-level code density. This includes 16-bit  
and 32-bit instructions. Advanced instructions include:  
Up to 256 KB of flash memory, 2 KB of EEPROM, and 64 KB  
of SRAM  
Bit-field control  
Hardware multiply and divide  
Saturation  
If-Then  
Wait for events and interrupts  
Exclusive access and barrier  
Special register access  
Cache controller  
Peripheral HUB (PHUB)  
DMA controller  
External memory interface (EMIF)  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 11 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
The Cortex-M3 does not support ARM instructions for SRAM  
addresses.  
Table 4-2. Cortex M3 CPU Registers (continued)  
Register  
R14  
Description  
Bit-band support for the SRAM region. Atomic bit-level write  
and read operations for SRAM addresses.  
R14 is the link register (LR). The LR stores the return  
address when a subroutine is called.  
R15  
R15 is the program counter (PC). Bit 0 of the PC is  
ignored and considered to be 0, so instructions are  
always aligned to a half word (2 byte) boundary.  
Unaligned data storage and access. Contiguous storage of  
data of different byte lengths.  
xPSR  
The program status registers are divided into three  
status registers, which are accessed either together  
or separately:  
Operation at two privilege levels (privileged and user) and in  
two modes (thread and handler). Some instructions can only  
be executed at the privileged level. There are also two stack  
pointers: Main (MSP) and Process (PSP). These features  
support a multitasking operating system running one or more  
user-level processes.  
Application program status register (APSR) holds  
program execution status bits such as zero, carry,  
negative, in bits[27:31].  
Interrupt program status register (IPSR) holds the  
current exception number in bits[0:8].  
Extensive interrupt and system exception support.  
4.1.2 Cortex-M3 Operating Modes  
Execution program status register (EPSR) holds  
control bits for interrupt continuable and IF-THEN  
instructions in bits[10:15] and [25:26]. Bit 24 is  
always set to 1 to indicate Thumb mode. Trying to  
clear it causes a fault exception.  
A 1-bit interrupt mask register. When set, it allows  
only the nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) and hard fault  
exception. All other exceptions and interrupts are  
masked.  
The Cortex-M3 operates at either the privileged level or the user  
level, and in either the thread mode or the handler mode.  
Because the handler mode is only enabled at the privileged level,  
there are actually only three states, as shown in Table 4-1.  
PRIMASK  
Table 4-1. Operational Level  
Condition  
Privileged  
User  
FAULTMASK A 1-bit interrupt mask register. When set, it allows  
only the NMI. All other exceptions and interrupts are  
masked.  
Running an exception Handler mode Not used  
Running main program Thread mode  
Thread mode  
BASEPRI  
A register of up to nine bits that define the masking  
priority level. When set, it disables all interrupts of  
the same or higher priority value. If set to 0 then the  
masking function is disabled.  
At the user level, access to certain instructions, special registers,  
configuration registers, and debugging components is blocked.  
Attempts to access them cause a fault exception. At the  
privileged level, access to all instructions and registers is  
allowed.  
CONTROL  
A 2-bit register for controlling the operating mode.  
Bit 0: 0 = privileged level in thread mode,  
1 = user level in thread mode.  
The processor runs in the handler mode (always at the privileged  
level) when handling an exception, and in the thread mode when  
not.  
Bit 1: 0 = default stack (MSP) is used,  
1 = alternate stack is used. If in thread mode or user  
level then the alternate stack is the PSP. There is no  
alternate stack for handler mode; the bit must be 0  
while in handler mode.  
4.1.3 CPU Registers  
The Cortex-M3 CPU registers are listed in Table 4-2. Registers  
R0-R15 are all 32 bits wide.  
4.2 Cache Controller  
The CY8C58LP family has a 1 KB instruction cache between the  
CPU and the flash memory. This improves instruction execution  
rate and reduces system power consumption by requiring less  
frequent flash access.  
Table 4-2. Cortex M3 CPU Registers  
Register  
R0-R12  
Description  
General purpose registers R0-R12 have no special  
architecturally defined uses. Most instructions that  
specify a general purpose register specify R0-R12.  
4.3 DMA and PHUB  
Low registers: Registers R0-R7 are accessible by  
all instructions that specify a general purpose  
register.  
The PHUB and the DMA controller are responsible for data  
transfer between the CPU and peripherals, and also data  
transfers between peripherals. The PHUB and DMA also control  
device configuration during boot. The PHUB consists of:  
High registers: Registers R8-R12 are accessible  
by all 32-bit instructions that specify a general  
purpose register; they are not accessible by all  
16-bit instructions.  
A central hub that includes the DMA controller, arbiter, and  
router  
R13  
R13 is the stack pointer register. It is a banked  
register that switches between two 32-bit stack  
pointers: the main stack pointer (MSP) and the  
process stack pointer (PSP). The PSP is used only  
when the CPU operates at the user level in thread  
mode. The MSP is used in all other privilege levels  
and modes. Bits[0:1] of the SP are ignored and  
considered to be 0, so the SP is always aligned to a  
word (4 byte) boundary.  
Multiple spokes that radiate outward from the hub to most  
peripherals  
There are two PHUB masters: the CPU and the DMA controller.  
Both masters may initiate transactions on the bus. The DMA  
channels can handle peripheral communication without CPU  
intervention. The arbiter in the central hub determines which  
DMA channel is the highest priority if there are multiple requests.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 12 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
4.3.1 PHUB Features  
4.3.3 Priority Levels  
The CPU always has higher priority than the DMA controller  
when their accesses require the same bus resources. Due to the  
system architecture, the CPU can never starve the DMA. DMA  
channels of higher priority (lower priority number) may interrupt  
current DMA transfers. In the case of an interrupt, the current  
transfer is allowed to complete its current transaction. To ensure  
latency limits when multiple DMA accesses are requested  
simultaneously, a fairness algorithm guarantees an interleaved  
minimum percentage of bus bandwidth for priority levels 2  
through 7. Priority levels 0 and 1 do not take part in the fairness  
algorithm and may use 100% of the bus bandwidth. If a tie occurs  
on two DMA requests of the same priority level, a simple round  
robin method is used to evenly share the allocated bandwidth.  
The round robin allocation can be disabled for each DMA  
channel, allowing it to always be at the head of the line. Priority  
levels 2 to 7 are guaranteed the minimum bus bandwidth shown  
in Table 4-4 after the CPU and DMA priority levels 0 and 1 have  
satisfied their requirements.  
CPU and DMA controller are both bus masters to the PHUB  
Eight multi-layer AHB bus parallel access paths (spokes) for  
peripheral access  
Simultaneous CPU and DMA access to peripherals located on  
different spokes  
Simultaneous DMA source and destination burst transactions  
on different spokes  
Supports 8-, 16-, 24-, and 32-bit addressing and data  
Table 4-3. PHUB Spokes and Peripherals  
PHUB Spokes  
Peripherals  
0
1
2
SRAM  
IOs, PICU, EMIF  
PHUB local configuration, Power manager,  
Clocks, IC, SWV, EEPROM, Flash  
programming interface  
Table 4-4. Priority Levels  
Priority Level  
% Bus Bandwidth  
3
4
5
6
7
Analog interface and trim, Decimator  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
100.0  
100.0  
50.0  
25.0  
12.5  
6.2  
2
USB, CAN, I C, Timers, Counters, and PWMs  
DFB  
UDBs group 1  
UDBs group 2  
4.3.2 DMA Features  
24 DMA channels  
3.1  
Each channel has one or more transaction descriptors (TDs)  
to configure channel behavior. Up to 128 total TDs can be  
defined  
1.5  
When the fairness algorithm is disabled, DMA access is granted  
based solely on the priority level; no bus bandwidth guarantees  
are made.  
TDs can be dynamically updated  
Eight levels of priority per channel  
4.3.4 Transaction Modes Supported  
Anydigitallyroutablesignal, theCPU, oranotherDMAchannel,  
The flexible configuration of each DMA channel and the ability to  
chain multiple channels allow the creation of both simple and  
complex use cases. General use cases include, but are not  
limited to:  
can trigger a transaction  
Each channel can generate up to two interrupts per transfer  
Transactions can be stalled or canceled  
4.3.4.1 Simple DMA  
Supports transaction size of infinite or 1 to 64k bytes  
In a simple DMA case, a single TD transfers data between a  
source and sink (peripherals or memory location). The basic  
timing diagrams of DMA read and write cycles are shown in  
Figure 4-2. For more description on other transfer modes, refer  
to the Technical Reference Manual.  
Large transactions may be broken into smaller bursts of 1 to  
127 bytes  
TDs may be nested and/or chained for complex transactions  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 13 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 4-2. DMA Timing Diagram  
ADDRESS Phase  
DATA Phase  
ADDRESS Phase  
DATA Phase  
CLK  
CLK  
ADDR 16/32  
WRITE  
ADDR 16/32  
A
B
A
B
WRITE  
DATA  
DATA (A)  
DATA (A)  
DATA  
READY  
READY  
Basic DMA Read Transfer without wait states  
Basic DMA Write Transfer without wait states  
4.3.4.2 Auto Repeat DMA  
in various noncontiguous locations in memory. Scatter gather  
DMA allows the segments to be concatenated together by using  
multiple TDs in a chain. The chain gathers the data from the  
multiple locations. A similar concept applies for the reception of  
data onto the device. Certain parts of the received data may need  
to be scattered to various locations in memory for software  
processing convenience. Each TD in the chain specifies the  
location for each discrete element in the chain.  
Auto repeat DMA is typically used when a static pattern is  
repetitively read from system memory and written to a peripheral.  
This is done with a single TD that chains to itself.  
4.3.4.3 Ping Pong DMA  
A ping pong DMA case uses double buffering to allow one buffer  
to be filled by one client while another client is consuming the  
data previously received in the other buffer. In its simplest form,  
this is done by chaining two TDs together so that each TD calls  
the opposite TD when complete.  
4.3.4.7 Packet Queuing DMA  
Packet queuing DMA is similar to scatter gather DMA but  
specifically refers to packet protocols. With these protocols,  
there may be separate configuration, data, and status phases  
associated with sending or receiving a packet.  
4.3.4.4 Circular DMA  
Circular DMA is similar to ping pong DMA except it contains more  
than two buffers. In this case there are multiple TDs; after the last  
TD is complete it chains back to the first TD.  
For instance, to transmit a packet, a memory mapped  
configuration register can be written inside a peripheral,  
specifying the overall length of the ensuing data phase. The CPU  
can set up this configuration information anywhere in system  
memory and copy it with a simple TD to the peripheral. After the  
configuration phase, a data phase TD (or a series of data phase  
TDs) can begin (potentially using scatter gather). When the data  
phase TD(s) finish, a status phase TD can be invoked that reads  
some memory mapped status information from the peripheral  
and copies it to a location in system memory specified by the  
CPU for later inspection. Multiple sets of configuration, data, and  
status phase “subchains” can be strung together to create larger  
chains that transmit multiple packets in this way. A similar  
concept exists in the opposite direction to receive the packets.  
4.3.4.5 Indexed DMA  
In an indexed DMA case, an external master requires access to  
locations on the system bus as if those locations were shared  
memory. As an example, a peripheral may be configured as an  
2
SPI or I C slave where an address is received by the external  
master. That address becomes an index or offset into the internal  
system bus memory space. This is accomplished with an initial  
“address fetch” TD that reads the target address location from  
the peripheral and writes that value into a subsequent TD in the  
chain. This modifies the TD chain on the fly. When the “address  
fetch” TD completes it moves on to the next TD, which has the  
new address information embedded in it. This TD then carries  
out the data transfer with the address location required by the  
external master.  
4.3.4.8 Nested DMA  
One TD may modify another TD, as the TD configuration space  
is memory mapped similar to any other peripheral. For example,  
a first TD loads a second TD’s configuration and then calls the  
second TD. The second TD moves data as required by the  
application. When complete, the second TD calls the first TD,  
which again updates the second TD’s configuration. This  
process repeats as often as necessary.  
4.3.4.6 Scatter Gather DMA  
In the case of scatter gather DMA, there are multiple  
noncontiguous sources or destinations that are required to  
effectively carry out an overall DMA transaction. For example, a  
packet may need to be transmitted off of the device and the  
packet elements, including the header, payload, and trailer, exist  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 14 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
4.4 Interrupt Controller  
The Cortex-M3 NVIC supports 16 system exceptions and 32 interrupts from peripherals, as shown in Table 4-5.  
Table 4-5. Cortex-M3 Exceptions and Interrupts  
Exception  
Number  
Exception Table  
Address Offset  
Exception Type  
Priority  
Function  
Starting value of R13 / MSP  
0x00  
0x04  
0x08  
0x0C  
1
2
3
Reset  
-3 (highest)  
Reset  
NMI  
-2  
-1  
Non maskable interrupt  
Hard fault  
All classesoffault, when the corresponding faulthandler  
cannot be activated because it is currently disabled or  
masked  
4
5
6
MemManage  
Bus fault  
Programmable  
Programmable  
Programmable  
0x10  
0x14  
0x18  
Memory management fault, for example, instruction  
fetch from a nonexecutable region  
Error response received from the bus system; caused  
by an instruction prefetch abort or data access error  
Usage fault  
Typically caused by invalid instructions or trying to  
switch to ARM mode  
7 – 10  
11  
-
-
0x1C – 0x28  
0x2C  
Reserved  
SVC  
Programmable  
Programmable  
-
System service call via SVC instruction  
Debug monitor  
12  
Debug monitor  
-
0x30  
13  
0x34  
Reserved  
14  
PendSV  
SYSTICK  
IRQ  
Programmable  
Programmable  
Programmable  
0x38  
Deferred request for system service  
System tick timer  
15  
0x3C  
16 – 47  
0x40 – 0x3FC  
Peripheral interrupt request #0 - #31  
Bit 0 of each exception vector indicates whether the exception is  
executed using ARM or Thumb instructions. Because the  
Cortex-M3 only supports Thumb instructions, this bit must  
always be 1. The Cortex-M3 non maskable interrupt (NMI) input  
can be routed to any pin, via the DSI, or disconnected from all  
pins. See “DSI Routing Interface Description” section on  
page 41.  
Support for tail-chaining, and late arrival, of interrupts. This  
enables back-to-back interrupt processing without the  
overhead of state saving and restoration between interrupts.  
Processor state automatically saved on interrupt entry, and  
restored on interrupt exit, with no instruction overhead.  
If the same priority level is assigned to two or more interrupts,  
the interrupt with the lower vector number is executed first. Each  
interrupt vector may choose from three interrupt sources: Fixed  
Function, DMA, and UDB. The fixed function interrupts are direct  
connections to the most common interrupt sources and provide  
the lowest resource cost connection. The DMA interrupt sources  
provide direct connections to the two DMA interrupt sources  
provided per DMA channel. The third interrupt source for vectors  
is from the UDB digital routing array. This allows any digital signal  
available to the UDB array to be used as an interrupt source. All  
interrupt sources may be routed to any interrupt vector using the  
UDB interrupt source connections.  
The Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) handles  
interrupts from the peripherals, and passes the interrupt vectors  
to the CPU. It is closely integrated with the CPU for low latency  
interrupt handling. Features include:  
32 interrupts. Multiple sources for each interrupt.  
Configurable number of priority levels: from 3 to 8.  
Dynamic reprioritization of interrupts.  
Priority grouping. This allows selection of preempting and non  
preempting interrupt levels.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 15 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 4-6. Interrupt Vector Table  
Interrupt # Cortex-M3 Exception #  
Fixed Function  
Low voltage detect (LVD)  
Cache/ECC  
DMA  
phub_termout0[0]  
phub_termout0[1]  
phub_termout0[2]  
phub_termout0[3]  
phub_termout0[4]  
phub_termout0[5]  
phub_termout0[6]  
phub_termout0[7]  
phub_termout0[8]  
phub_termout0[9]  
phub_termout0[10]  
phub_termout0[11]  
phub_termout0[12]  
phub_termout0[13]  
phub_termout0[14]  
phub_termout0[15]  
phub_termout1[0]  
phub_termout1[1]  
phub_termout1[2]  
phub_termout1[3]  
phub_termout1[4]  
phub_termout1[5]  
phub_termout1[6]  
phub_termout1[7]  
phub_termout1[8]  
phub_termout1[9]  
phub_termout1[10]  
phub_termout1[11]  
phub_termout1[12]  
phub_termout1[13]  
phub_termout1[14]  
phub_termout1[15]  
UDB  
udb_intr[0]  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
udb_intr[1]  
udb_intr[2]  
udb_intr[3]  
udb_intr[4]  
udb_intr[5]  
udb_intr[6]  
udb_intr[7]  
udb_intr[8]  
udb_intr[9]  
udb_intr[10]  
udb_intr[11]  
udb_intr[12]  
udb_intr[13]  
udb_intr[14]  
udb_intr[15]  
udb_intr[16]  
udb_intr[17]  
udb_intr[18]  
udb_intr[19]  
udb_intr[20]  
udb_intr[21]  
udb_intr[22]  
udb_intr[23]  
udb_intr[24]  
udb_intr[25]  
udb_intr[26]  
udb_intr[27]  
udb_intr[28]  
udb_intr[29]  
udb_intr[30]  
udb_intr[31]  
Reserved  
Sleep (Pwr Mgr)  
PICU[0]  
PICU[1]  
PICU[2]  
PICU[3]  
PICU[4]  
PICU[5]  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
PICU[6]  
PICU[12]  
PICU[15]  
Comparators Combined  
Switched Caps Combined  
2
I C  
CAN  
Timer/Counter0  
Timer/Counter1  
Timer/Counter2  
Timer/Counter3  
USB SOF Int  
USB Arb Int  
USB Bus Int  
USB Endpoint[0]  
USB Endpoint Data  
Reserved  
LCD  
DFB Int  
Decimator Int  
phub_err_int  
eeprom_fault_int  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 16 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Upgrade setting. Use the Unprotected setting only when no  
security is needed in your application. The PSoC device also  
offers an advanced security feature called Device Security which  
permanently disables all test, programming, and debug ports,  
protecting your application from external access (see the  
“Device Security” section on page 60). For more information on  
how to take full advantage of the security features in PSoC, see  
the PSoC 5 TRM.  
5. Memory  
5.1 Static RAM  
CY8C58LP static RAM (SRAM) is used for temporary data  
storage. Code can be executed at full speed from the portion of  
SRAM that is located in the code space. This process is slower  
from SRAM above 0x20000000. The device provides up to 64  
KB of SRAM. The CPU or the DMA controller can access all of  
SRAM. The SRAM can be accessed simultaneously by the  
Cortex-M3 CPU and the DMA controller if accessing different  
32-KB blocks.  
Table 5-1. Flash Protection  
Protection  
Allowed  
Not Allowed  
Setting  
5.2 Flash Program Memory  
Unprotected  
External read and write  
+ internal read and write  
Flash memory in PSoC devices provides nonvolatile storage for  
user firmware, user configuration data, bulk data storage, and  
optional ECC data. The main flash memory area contains up to  
256 KB of user program space.  
Factory  
Upgrade  
External write + internal External read  
read and write  
Field Upgrade Internal read and write External read and  
write  
Up to an additional 32 KB of flash space is available for Error  
Correcting Codes (ECC). If ECC is not used this space can store  
device configuration data and bulk user data. User code may not  
be run out of the ECC flash memory section. ECC can correct  
one bit error and detect two bit errors per 8 bytes of firmware  
memory; an interrupt can be generated when an error is  
detected. The flash output is 9 bytes wide with 8 bytes of data  
and 1 byte of ECC data.  
Full Protection Internal read  
External read and  
write + internal write  
Disclaimer  
Note the following details of the flash code protection features on  
Cypress devices.  
The CPU or DMA controller read both user code and bulk data  
located in flash through the cache controller. This provides  
higher CPU performance. If ECC is enabled, the cache controller  
also performs error checking and correction.  
Cypress products meet the specifications contained in their  
particular Cypress datasheets. Cypress believes that its family of  
products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the  
market today, regardless of how they are used. There may be  
methods, unknown to Cypress, that can breach the code  
protection features. Any of these methods, to our knowledge,  
would be dishonest and possibly illegal. Neither Cypress nor any  
other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of  
their code. Code protection does not mean that we are  
guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”  
Flash programming is performed through a special interface and  
preempts code execution out of flash. Code execution may be  
done out of SRAM during flash programming.  
The flash programming interface performs flash erasing,  
programming and setting code protection levels. Flash in-system  
serial programming (ISSP), typically used for production  
programming, is possible through both the SWD and JTAG  
interfaces. In-system programming, typically used for  
Cypress is willing to work with the customer who is concerned  
about the integrity of their code. Code protection is constantly  
evolving. We at Cypress are committed to continuously  
improving the code protection features of our products.  
2
bootloaders, is also possible using serial interfaces such as I C,  
USB, UART, and SPI, or any communications protocol.  
5.3 Flash Security  
5.4 EEPROM  
All PSoC devices include a flexible flash protection model that  
prevents access and visibility to on-chip flash memory. This  
prevents duplication or reverse engineering of proprietary code.  
Flash memory is organized in blocks, where each block contains  
256 bytes of program or data and 32 bytes of ECC or  
configuration data.  
PSoC EEPROM memory is a byte addressable nonvolatile  
memory. The CY8C58LP has 2 KB of EEPROM memory to store  
user data. Reads from EEPROM are random access at the byte  
level. Reads are done directly; writes are done by sending write  
commands to an EEPROM programming interface. CPU code  
execution can continue from flash during EEPROM writes.  
EEPROM is erasable and writeable at the row level. The  
EEPROM is divided into 128 rows of 16 bytes each.  
The device offers the ability to assign one of four protection  
levels to each row of flash. Table 5-1 lists the protection modes  
available. Flash protection levels can only be changed by  
performing a complete flash erase. The Full Protection and Field  
Upgrade settings disable external access (through a debugging  
tool such as PSoC Creator, for example). If your application  
requires code update through a boot loader, then use the Field  
The CPU can not execute out of EEPROM. There is no ECC  
hardware associated with EEPROM. If ECC is required it must  
be handled in firmware.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 17 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
5.5 Nonvolatile Latches (NVLs)  
PSoC has a 4-byte array of nonvolatile latches (NVLs) that are used to configure the device at reset. The NVL register map is shown  
in Table 5-3..  
Table 5-2. Device Configuration NVL Register Map  
Register Address  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0x00  
0x01  
0x02  
0x03  
PRT3RDM[1:0]  
PRT12RDM[1:0]  
PRT2RDM[1:0]  
PRT6RDM[1:0]  
PRT1RDM[1:0]  
PRT5RDM[1:0]  
PRT0RDM[1:0]  
PRT4RDM[1:0]  
PRT15RDM[1:0]  
XRESMEN  
DIG_PHS_DLY[3:0]  
ECCEN  
DPS[1:0]  
CFGSPEED  
The details for individual fields and their factory default settings are shown in Table 5-3:.  
Table 5-3. Fields and Factory Default Settings  
Field  
Description  
Settings  
PRTxRDM[1:0]  
Controls reset drive mode of the corresponding IO port. 00b (default) - high impedance analog  
See “Reset Configuration” on page 35. All pins of the port 01b - high impedance digital  
are set to the same mode.  
10b - resistive pull up  
11b - resistive pull down  
XRESMEN  
CFGSPEED  
DPS{1:0]  
Controls whether pin P1[2] is used as a GPIO or as an  
external reset. See “Pin Descriptions” on page 9, XRES 1 - external reset  
description.  
0 (default) - GPIO  
Controls the speed of the IMO-based clock during the  
device boot process, for faster boot or low-power  
operation  
0 (default) - 12 MHz IMO  
1 - 48 MHz IMO  
Controls the usage of various P1 pins as a debug port. 00b - 5-wire JTAG  
See “Programming, Debug Interfaces, Resources” on  
page 57.  
01b (default) - 4-wire JTAG  
10b - SWD  
11b - debug ports disabled  
ECCEN  
Controls whether ECC flash is used for ECC or for general 0 (default) - ECC disabled  
configuration and data storage. See “Flash Program  
Memory” on page 17.  
1 - ECC enabled  
DIG_PHS_DLY[3:0]  
Selects the digital clock phase delay.  
See the TRM for details.  
Although PSoC Creator provides support for modifying the device configuration NVLs, the number of NVL erase/write cycles is limited  
– see “Nonvolatile Latches (NVL)” on page 105.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 18 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
External memory is located in the Cortex-M3 external RAM  
space; it can use up to 24 address bits. See Memory Map on  
page 20. The memory can be 8 or 16 bits wide. Cortex-M3  
instructions can be fetched/executed from external memory,  
although at a slower rate than from flash. There is no provision  
for code security in external memory. If code must be kept  
secure, then it should be placed in internal flash. See Flash  
Security on page 17 and Device Security on page 60.  
5.6 External Memory Interface  
CY8C58LP provides an external memory interface (EMIF) for  
connecting to external memory devices. The connection allows  
read and write accesses to external memories. The EMIF  
operates in conjunction with UDBs, I/O ports, and other  
hardware to generate external memory address and control  
signals. At 33 MHz, each memory access cycle takes four bus  
clock cycles.  
Figure 5-1 is the EMIF block diagram. The EMIF supports  
synchronous and asynchronous memories. The CY8C58LP only  
supports one type of external memory device at a time.  
Figure 5-1. EMIF Block Diagram  
[23:0]  
External_MEM_ ADDR  
Address Signals  
I/O  
PORTs  
Data,  
Address,  
and Control  
Signals  
External_MEM_DATA[15:0]  
Data Signals  
IO IF  
I/O  
PORTs  
Control Signals  
Control  
I/O  
PORTs  
PHUB  
Data,  
Address,  
and Control  
Signals  
DSI Dynamic Output  
Control  
UDB  
DSI to Port  
Other  
EM Control  
Signals  
Control  
Signals  
Data,  
Address,  
and Control  
Signals  
EMIF  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 19 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 5-5. Peripheral Data Address Map (continued)  
Address Range Purpose  
5.7 Memory Map  
The Cortex-M3 has a fixed address map, which allows  
peripherals to be accessed by simple memory access  
instructions.  
0x40004F00 – 0x40004FFF Fixed timer/counter/PWMs  
0x40005000 – 0x400051FF I/O ports control  
5.7.1 Address Map  
0x40005400 – 0x400054FF External Memory Interface  
(EMIF) control registers  
The 4-GB address space is divided into the ranges shown in  
Table 5-4:  
0x40005800 – 0x40005FFF Analog Subsystem Interface  
0x40006000 – 0x400060FF USB Controller  
0x40006400 – 0x40006FFF UDB Configuration  
0x40007000 – 0x40007FFF PHUB Configuration  
0x40008000 – 0x400087FF EEPROM  
Table 5-4. Address Map  
Address Range  
Size  
Use  
0x00000000 –  
0x1FFFFFFF  
0.5 GB Program code. This includes  
the exception vector table at  
power up, which starts at  
address 0.  
0x4000A000 – 0x4000A400 CAN  
0x4000C000 – 0x4000C800 Digital Filter Block  
0x40010000 – 0x4001FFFF Digital Interconnect Configuration  
0x48000000 – 0x48007FFF Flash ECC Bytes  
0x20000000 –  
0x3FFFFFFF  
0.5 GB Static RAM. This includes a 1  
MByte bit-band region  
starting at 0x20000000 and a  
32 Mbyte bit-band alias  
region starting at  
0x60000000 – 0x60FFFFFF External Memory Interface  
(EMIF)  
0x22000000.  
0x40000000 –  
0x5FFFFFFF  
0.5 GB Peripherals.  
0xE0000000 – 0xE00FFFFF Cortex-M3 PPB Registers,  
including NVIC, debug, and trace  
0x60000000 –  
0x9FFFFFFF  
1 GB  
1 GB  
External RAM.  
The bit-band feature allows individual bits in SRAM to be read or  
written as atomic operations. This is done by reading or writing  
bit 0 of corresponding words in the bit-band alias region. For  
example, to set bit 3 in the word at address 0x20000000, write a  
1 to address 0x2200000C. To test the value of that bit, read  
address 0x2200000C and the result is either 0 or 1 depending  
on the value of the bit.  
0xA0000000 –  
0xDFFFFFFF  
External peripherals.  
0xE0000000 –  
0xFFFFFFFF  
0.5 GB Internalperipherals,including  
the NVIC and debug and  
trace modules.  
Most memory accesses done by the Cortex-M3 are aligned, that  
is, done on word (4-byte) boundary addresses. Unaligned  
accesses of words and 16-bit half-words on nonword boundary  
addresses can also be done, although they are less efficient.  
Table 5-5. Peripheral Data Address Map  
Address Range  
Purpose  
0x00000000 – 0x0003FFFF 256 KB flash  
0x1FFF8000 – 0x1FFFFFFF 32 KB SRAM in Code region  
0x20000000 – 0x20007FFF 32 KB SRAM in SRAM region  
0x40004000 – 0x400042FF Clocking, PLLs, and oscillators  
0x40004300 – 0x400043FF Power management  
0x40004500 – 0x400045FF Ports interrupt control  
0x40004700 – 0x400047FF Flash programming interface  
0x40004800 – 0x400048FF Cache controller  
5.7.2 Address Map and Cortex-M3 Buses  
The ICode and DCode buses are used only for accesses within  
the Code address range, 0 - 0x1FFFFFFF.  
The System bus is used for data accesses and debug accesses  
within the ranges 0x20000000 - 0xDFFFFFFF and 0xE0100000  
- 0xFFFFFFFF. Instruction fetches can also be done within the  
range 0x20000000 - 0x3FFFFFFF, although these can be slower  
than instruction fetches via the ICode bus.  
The private peripheral bus (PPB) is used within the Cortex-M3 to  
access system control registers and debug and trace module  
registers.  
2
0x40004900 – 0x400049FF I C controller  
0x40004E00 – 0x40004EFF Decimator  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 20 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
DSI signal from an external I/O pin or other logic  
24- to 67-MHz fractional phase-locked loop (PLL) sourced  
from IMO, MHzECO, or DSI  
1-kHz, 33-kHz, 100-kHz ILO for watchdog timer (WDT) and  
Sleep Timer  
32.768-kHz external crystal oscillator (ECO) for RTC  
6. System Integration  
6.1 Clocking System  
The clocking system generates, divides, and distributes clocks  
throughout the PSoC system. For the majority of systems, no  
external crystal is required. The IMO and PLL together can  
generate up to a 67 MHz clock, accurate to ±1% over voltage and  
temperature. Additional internal and external clock sources allow  
each design to optimize accuracy, power, and cost. All of the  
system clock sources can be used to generate other clock  
frequencies in the 16-bit clock dividers and UDBs for anything  
you want, for example a UART baud rate generator.  
IMO has a USB mode that auto-locks to the USB bus clock  
requiring no external crystal for USB. (USB equipped parts  
only)  
Independently sourced clock in all clock dividers  
Eight 16-bit clock dividers for the digital system  
Four 16-bit clock dividers for the analog system  
Dedicated 16-bit divider for the CPU bus and CPU clock  
Automatic clock configuration in PSoC Creator  
Clock generation and distribution is automatically configured  
through the PSoC Creator IDE graphical interface. This is based  
on the complete system’s requirements. It greatly speeds the  
design process. PSoC Creator allows designers to build clocking  
systems with minimal input. The designer can specify desired  
clock frequencies and accuracies, and the software locates or  
builds a clock that meets the required specifications. This is  
possible because of the programmability inherent in PSoC.  
Key features of the clocking system include:  
Seven general purpose clock sources  
3- to 62-MHz IMO, ±1% at 3 MHz  
4- to 25-MHz external crystal oscillator (MHzECO)  
Clock doubler provides a doubled clock frequency output for  
the USB block, see USB Clock Domain on page 24.  
Table 6-1. Oscillator Summary  
Source  
IMO  
Fmin  
3 MHz  
4 MHz  
Tolerance at Fmin  
±1% over voltage and temperature  
Crystal dependent  
Fmax  
62 MHz  
25 MHz  
Tolerance at Fmax  
±7%  
Startup Time  
13 µs max  
MHzECO  
Crystal dependent  
5 ms typ, max is  
crystal dependent  
DSI  
PLL  
0 MHz  
Input dependent  
66 MHz  
67 MHz  
48 MHz  
100 kHz  
Input dependent  
Input dependent  
Input dependent  
–55%, +100%  
Input dependent  
250 µs max  
1 µs max  
24 MHz Input dependent  
48 MHz Input dependent  
Doubler  
ILO  
1 kHz  
–50%, +100%  
15 ms max in lowest  
power mode  
kHzECO  
32 kHz  
Crystal dependent  
32 kHz  
Crystal dependent  
500 ms typ, max is  
crystal dependent  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 21 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 6-1. Clocking Subsystem  
External IO  
or DSI  
0-66 MHz  
3-62 MHz  
IMO  
4-25 MHz  
ECO  
1,33,100 kHz  
ILO  
32 kHz ECO  
CPU  
Clock  
48 MHz  
Doubler for  
USB  
24-67 MHz  
PLL  
System  
Clock Mux  
Bus  
Clock  
Bus Clock Divider  
16 bit  
s
k
e
w
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Analog Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
s
k
e
w
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Analog Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
7
s
k
e
w
7
Analog Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
s
k
e
w
Analog Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Digital Clock  
Divider 16 bit  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 22 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
6.1.1 Internal Oscillators  
The central timewheel can be programmed to wake the system  
periodically and optionally issue an interrupt. This enables  
flexible, periodic wakeups from low power modes or coarse  
timing applications. Systems that require accurate timing should  
use the RTC capability instead of the central timewheel.  
6.1.1.1 Internal Main Oscillator  
In most designs the IMO is the only clock source required, due  
to its ±1% accuracy. The IMO operates with no external  
components and outputs a stable clock. A factory trim for each  
frequency range is stored in the device. With the factory trim,  
tolerance varies from ±1% at 3 MHz, up to ±7% at 62 MHz. The  
IMO, in conjunction with the PLL, allows generation of CPU and  
system clocks up to the device's maximum frequency (see USB  
Clock Domain on page 24). The IMO provides clock outputs at  
3, 6, 12, 24, 48, and 62 MHz.  
The 100-kHz clock (CLK100K) can be used as a low power  
system clock to run the CPU. It can also generate time intervals  
using the fast timewheel.  
The fast timewheel is a 5-bit counter, clocked by the 100-kHz  
clock. It features programmable settings and automatically  
resets when the terminal count is reached. An optional interrupt  
can be generated each time the terminal count is reached. This  
enables flexible, periodic interrupts of the CPU at a higher rate  
than is allowed using the central timewheel.  
6.1.1.2 Clock Doubler  
The clock doubler outputs a clock at twice the frequency of the  
input clock. The doubler works at input frequency of 24 MHz,  
providing 48 MHz for the USB. It can be configured to use a clock  
from the IMO, MHzECO, or the DSI (external pin).  
The 33-kHz clock (CLK33K) comes from a divide-by-3 operation  
on CLK100K. This output can be used as a reduced accuracy  
version of the 32.768-kHz ECO clock with no need for a crystal.  
6.1.1.3 Phase-Locked Loop  
6.1.2 External Oscillators  
The PLL allows low frequency, high accuracy clocks to be  
multiplied to higher frequencies. This is a tradeoff between  
higher clock frequency and accuracy and, higher power  
consumption and increased startup time.  
6.1.2.1 MHz External Crystal Oscillator  
The MHzECO provides high frequency, high precision clocking  
using an external crystal (see Figure 6-2). It supports a wide  
variety of crystal types, in the range of 4 to 25 MHz. When used  
in conjunction with the PLL, it can generate CPU and system  
clocks up to the device's maximum frequency (see  
Phase-Locked Loop on page 23). The GPIO pins connecting to  
the external crystal and capacitors are fixed. MHzECO accuracy  
depends on the crystal chosen.  
The PLL block provides a mechanism for generating clock  
frequencies based upon a variety of input sources. The PLL  
outputs clock frequencies in the range of 24 to 67 MHz. Its input  
and feedback dividers supply 4032 discrete ratios to create  
almost any desired system clock frequency. The accuracy of the  
PLL output depends on the accuracy of the PLL input source.  
The most common PLL use is to multiply the IMO clock at 3 MHz,  
where it is most accurate, to generate the CPU and system  
clocks up to the device’s maximum frequency.  
Figure 6-2. MHzECO Block Diagram  
The PLL achieves phase lock within 250 µs (verified by bit  
setting). It can be configured to use a clock from the IMO,  
MHzECO, or DSI (external pin). The PLL clock source can be  
used until lock is complete and signaled with a lock bit. The lock  
signal can be routed through the DSI to generate an interrupt.  
Disable the PLL before entering low power modes.  
XCLK_MHZ  
4 - 25 MHz  
Crystal Osc  
6.1.1.4 Internal Low-Speed Oscillator  
The ILO provides clock frequencies for low power consumption,  
including the watchdog timer, and sleep timer. The ILO  
generates up to three different clocks: 1 kHz, 33 kHz, and  
100 kHz.  
Xo  
Xi  
(Pin P15[0])  
The 1-kHz clock (CLK1K) is typically used for a background  
‘heartbeat’ timer. This clock inherently lends itself to low power  
supervisory operations such as the watchdog timer and long  
sleep intervals using the central timewheel (CTW).  
(Pin P15[1])  
4 – 25 MHz  
crystal  
External  
Components  
The central timewheel is a 1 kHz, free running, 13-bit counter  
clocked by the ILO. The central timewheel is always enabled  
except in hibernate mode and when the CPU is stopped during  
debug on chip mode. It can be used to generate periodic  
interrupts for timing purposes or to wake the system from a low  
power mode. Firmware can reset the central timewheel.  
Capacitors  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 23 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
6.1.2.2 32.768 kHz ECO  
The system clock is used to select and supply the fastest clock  
in the system for general system clock requirements and clock  
synchronization of the PSoC device.  
The 32.768-kHz external crystal oscillator (32kHzECO) provides  
precision timing with minimal power consumption using an  
external 32.768-kHz watch crystal (see Figure 6-3). The  
32kHzECO also connects directly to the sleep timer and provides  
the source for the RTC. The RTC uses a 1 second interrupt to  
implement the RTC functionality in firmware.  
Bus clock 16-bit divider uses the system clock to generate the  
system’s bus clock used for data transfers and the CPU. The  
CPU clock is directly derived from the bus clock.  
Eight fully programmable 16-bit clock dividers generate digital  
system clocks for general use in the digital system, as  
configured by the design’s requirements. Digital system clocks  
can generate custom clocks derived from any of the seven  
clock sources for any purpose. Examples include baud rate  
generators, accurate PWM periods, and timer clocks, and  
many others. If more than eight digital clock dividers are  
required, theUDBsandfixedfunctiontimer/counter/PWMscan  
also generate clocks.  
The oscillator works in two distinct power modes. This allows  
users to trade off power consumption with noise immunity from  
neighboring circuits. The GPIO pins connected to the external  
crystal and capacitors are fixed.  
Figure 6-3. 32kHzECO Block Diagram  
XCLK32K  
32 kHz  
Crystal Osc  
Four16-bitclockdividersgenerateclocksfortheanalogsystem  
components that require clocking, such as ADCs and mixers.  
The analog clock dividers include skew control to ensure that  
critical analog events do not occur simultaneously with digital  
switching events. This is done to reduce analog system noise.  
Each clock divider consists of an 8-input multiplexer, a 16-bit  
clock divider (divide by 2 and higher) that generates ~50% duty  
cycle clocks, system clock resynchronization logic, and deglitch  
logic. The outputs from each digital clock tree can be routed into  
the digital system interconnect and then brought back into the  
clock system as an input, allowing clock chaining of up to 32 bits.  
Xo  
Xi  
(Pin P15[2])  
(Pin P15[3])  
32 kHz  
crystal  
External  
Components  
Capacitors  
6.1.4 USB Clock Domain  
The USB clock domain is unique in that it operates largely  
asynchronously from the main clock network. The USB logic  
contains a synchronous bus interface to the chip, while running  
on an asynchronous clock to process USB data. The USB logic  
requires a 48-MHz frequency. This frequency can be generated  
from different sources, including DSI clock at 48 MHz or doubled  
value of 24 MHz from internal oscillator, DSI signal, or crystal  
oscillator.  
It is recommended that the external 32.768-kHz watch crystal  
have a load capacitance (CL) of 6 pF or 12.5 pF. Check the  
crystal manufacturer's datasheet. The two external capacitors,  
CL1 and CL2, are typically of the same value, and their total  
capacitance, CL1CL2 / (CL1 + CL2), including pin and trace  
capacitance, should equal the crystal CL value. For more infor-  
mation, refer to application note AN54439: PSoC 3 and PSoC 5  
External Oscillators. See also pin capacitance specifications in  
the “GPIO” section on page 69.  
6.2 Power System  
The power system consists of separate analog, digital, and I/O  
supply pins, labeled VDDA, VDDD, and VDDIOX, respectively. It  
also includes two internal 1.8 V regulators that provide the digital  
(VCCD) and analog (VCCA) supplies for the internal core logic.  
The output pins of the regulators (VCCD and VCCA) and the  
VDDIO pins must have capacitors connected as shown in  
6.1.2.3 Digital System Interconnect  
The DSI provides routing for clocks taken from external clock  
oscillators connected to I/O. The oscillators can also be  
generated within the device in the digital system and UDBs.  
While the primary DSI clock input provides access to all clocking  
resources, up to eight other DSI clocks (internally or externally  
generated) may be routed directly to the eight digital clock  
dividers. This is only possible if there are multiple precision clock  
sources.  
Figure 6-4. The two V  
pins must be shorted together, with as  
CCD  
short a trace as possible, and connected to a 1 µF ±10% X5R  
capacitor. The power system also contains a sleep regulator, an  
2
I C regulator, and a hibernate regulator.  
6.1.3 Clock Distribution  
All seven clock sources are inputs to the central clock distribution  
system. The distribution system is designed to create multiple  
high precision clocks. These clocks are customized for the  
design’s requirements and eliminate the common problems  
found with limited resolution prescalers attached to peripherals.  
The clock distribution system generates several types of clock  
trees.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 24 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 6-4. PSoC Power System  
µF  
VDDD  
1
VDDIO2  
VDDIO0  
0.1 µF  
0.1 µF  
I/O Supply  
I/O Supply  
VDDIO0  
0.1 µF  
I2C  
Regulator  
Sleep  
Regulator  
Digital  
VDDA  
Domain  
VDDA  
VCCA  
Analog  
Regulator  
0.1 µF  
Digital  
Regulators  
VSSB  
.
µF  
1
VSSA  
Analog  
Domain  
Hibernate  
Regulator  
I/O Supply  
I/O Supply  
0.1µF  
0.1 µF  
0.1 µF  
VDDD  
VDDIO1  
VDDIO3  
Note The two V  
pins must be connected together with as short a trace as possible. A trace under the device is recommended, as  
CCD  
shown in Figure 2-6.  
You can power the device in internally regulated mode, where the voltage applied to the V  
pins is as high as 5.5 V, and the internal  
DDx  
regulators provide the core voltages. In this mode, do not apply power to the VCCx pins, and do not tie the VDDx pins to the VCCx  
pins.  
You can also power the device in externally regulated mode, that is, by directly powering the V  
and V  
pins. In this configuration,  
CCA  
CCD  
the V  
pins should be shorted to the V  
pins and the V  
pin should be shorted to the V  
pin. The allowed supply range in  
DDD  
CCD  
DDA  
CCA  
this configuration is 1.71 V to 1.89 V. After power up in this configuration, the internal regulators are on by default, and should be  
disabled to reduce power consumption.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 25 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
6.2.1 Power Modes  
Active is the main processing mode. Its functionality is  
configurable. Each power controllable subsystem is enabled or  
disabled by using separate power configuration template  
registers. In alternate active mode, fewer subsystems are  
enabled, reducing power. In sleep mode most resources are  
disabled regardless of the template settings. Sleep mode is  
optimized to provide timed sleep intervals and RTC functionality.  
The lowest power mode is hibernate, which retains register and  
SRAM state, but no clocks, and allows wakeup only from I/O  
pins. Figure 6-5 illustrates the allowable transitions between  
power modes. Sleep and hibernate modes should not be entered  
until all VDDIO supplies are at valid voltage levels.  
PSoC 5LP devices have four different power modes, as shown  
in Table 6-2 and Table 6-3. The power modes allow a design to  
easily provide required functionality and processing power while  
simultaneously minimizing power consumption and maximizing  
battery life in low power and portable devices.  
PSoC 5LP power modes, in order of decreasing power  
consumption are:  
Active  
Alternate active  
Sleep  
Hibernate  
Table 6-2. Power Modes  
Power Modes  
Description  
EntryCondition WakeupSource Active Clocks  
Regulator  
Active  
Primary mode of operation, all Wakeup, reset, Any interrupt  
peripherals available (program- manual register  
Any (program-  
mable)  
All regulators available.  
Digital and analog  
mable)  
entry  
regulators can be disabled  
if external regulation used.  
Alternate  
Active  
Similar to Active mode, and is  
typically configured to have  
fewer peripherals active to  
reduce power. One possible  
configuration is to use the UDBs  
for processing, with the CPU  
turned off  
Manual register Any interrupt  
entry  
Any (program-  
mable)  
All regulators available.  
Digital and analog  
regulators can be disabled  
if external regulation used.  
Sleep  
All subsystems automatically  
disabled  
Manual register Comparator,  
ILO/kHzECO  
Both digital and analog  
regulators buzzed.  
Digital and analog  
2
entry  
PICU, I C, RTC,  
CTW, LVD  
regulators can be disabled  
if external regulation used.  
Hibernate  
All subsystems automatically  
disabled  
Manual register PICU  
entry  
Only hibernate regulator  
active.  
Lowest power consuming mode  
with all peripherals and internal  
regulators disabled, except  
hibernate regulator is enabled  
Configuration and memory  
contents retained  
Table 6-3. Power Modes Wakeup Time and Power Consumption  
Sleep  
Modes  
Wakeup Current  
Code  
Digital  
Analog  
Clock Sources  
Reset  
Sources  
Wakeup Sources  
Time  
(Typ)  
Execution Resources Resources  
Available  
[8]  
Active  
3.1 mA  
Yes  
All  
All  
All  
All  
All  
All  
All  
All  
Alternate  
Active  
User  
defined  
2
<25 µs  
2 µA  
No  
I C  
Comparator  
None  
ILO/kHzECO  
None  
Comparator,  
PICU, I C, RTC,  
XRES, LVD,  
WDR  
2
Sleep  
CTW, LVD  
Hibernate <125 µs  
300 nA  
No  
None  
PICU  
XRES  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 26 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 6-5. Power Mode Transitions  
on the input pins; no GPIO should toggle at a rate greater than  
10 kHz while in hibernate mode. If pins must be toggled at a high  
rate while in a low power mode, use sleep mode instead.  
Active  
6.2.1.5 Wakeup Events  
Wakeup events are configurable and can come from an interrupt  
or device reset. A wakeup event restores the system to active  
mode. Firmware enabled interrupt sources include internally  
generated interrupts, power supervisor, central timewheel, and  
I/O interrupts. Internal interrupt sources can come from a variety  
of peripherals, such as analog comparators and UDBs. The  
central timewheel provides periodic interrupts to allow the  
system to wake up, poll peripherals, or perform real-time  
functions. Reset event sources include the external reset I/O pin  
(XRES), WDT, and Precision Reset (PRES).  
Manual  
Sleep  
Hibernate  
Alternate  
Active  
6.2.2 Boost Converter  
Applications that use a supply voltage of less than 1.71 V, such  
as single cell battery supplies, may use the on-chip boost  
converter. The boost converter may also be used in any system  
that requires a higher operating voltage than the supply provides.  
For instance, this includes driving 5.0 V LCD glass in a 3.3 V  
system. The boost converter accepts an input voltage as low as  
0.5 V. With one low cost inductor it produces a selectable output  
voltage sourcing enough current to operate the PSoC and other  
on-board components.  
6.2.1.1 Active Mode  
Active mode is the primary operating mode of the device. When  
in active mode, the active configuration template bits control  
which available resources are enabled or disabled. When a  
resource is disabled, the digital clocks are gated, analog bias  
currents are disabled, and leakage currents are reduced as  
appropriate. User firmware can dynamically control subsystem  
power by setting and clearing bits in the active configuration  
template. The CPU can disable itself, in which case the CPU is  
automatically reenabled at the next wakeup event.  
The boost converter accepts an input voltage VBAT from 0.5 V  
to 3.6 V, and can start up with VBAT as low as 0.5 V. The  
converter provides a user configurable output voltage of 1.8 to  
5.0 V (VBOOST). VBAT is typically less than VBOOST; if VBAT  
is greater than or equal to VBOOST, then VBOOST will be the  
same as VBAT. The block can deliver up to 75 mA (IBOOST)  
depending on configuration.  
When a wakeup event occurs, the global mode is always  
returned to active, and the CPU is automatically enabled,  
regardless of its template settings. Active mode is the default  
global power mode upon boot.  
Four pins are associated with the boost converter: VBAT, VSSB,  
VBOOST, and Ind. The boosted output voltage is sensed at the  
VBOOST pin and must be connected directly to the chip’s supply  
inputs. An inductor is connected between the VBAT and Ind pins.  
You can optimize the inductor value to increase the boost  
converter efficiency based on input voltage, output voltage,  
current and switching frequency.  
6.2.1.2 Alternate Active Mode  
Alternate Active mode is very similar to Active mode. In alternate  
active mode, fewer subsystems are enabled, to reduce power  
consumption. One possible configuration is to turn off the CPU  
and flash, and run peripherals at full speed.  
6.2.1.3 Sleep Mode  
Sleep mode reduces power consumption when a resume time of  
15 µs is acceptable. The wake time is used to ensure that the  
regulator outputs are stable enough to directly enter active  
mode.  
Figure 6-6. Application for Boost Converter  
VDDA VDDD  
VBOOST  
6.2.1.4 Hibernate Mode  
Schottky diode  
IND  
In hibernate mode nearly all of the internal functions are  
disabled. Internal voltages are reduced to the minimal level to  
keep vital systems alive. Configuration state is preserved in  
hibernate mode and SRAM memory is retained. GPIOs  
configured as digital outputs maintain their previous values and  
external GPIO pin interrupt settings are preserved. The device  
can only return from hibernate mode in response to an external  
I/O interrupt. The resume time from hibernate mode is less than  
100 µs.  
PSoC  
22 µF 0.1 µF  
10 µH  
VBAT  
22 µF  
VSSA  
VSSB  
To achieve an extremely low current, the hibernate regulator has  
limited capacity. This limits the frequency of any signal present  
VSSD  
Note  
8. Bus clock off. Execute from CPU instruction buffer at 6 MHz. See Table 11-2 on page 63.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 27 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
The switching frequency is set to 400 kHz using an oscillator in  
Figure 6-7. Resets  
the boost converter block. The VBOOST is limited to 4 × VBAT.  
VDDD VDDA  
The boost converter can be operated in two different modes:  
active and sleep. Active mode is the normal mode of operation  
where the boost regulator actively generates a regulated output  
voltage.  
Power  
Voltage  
Level  
Processor  
Interrupt  
The boost typically draws 250 µA in active mode and 25 µA in  
sleep mode. The boost operating modes must be used in  
conjunction with chip power modes to minimize total power  
consumption. Table 6-4 lists the boost power modes available in  
different chip power modes.  
Monitors  
Reset  
Pin  
External  
Reset  
Reset  
Controller  
System  
Reset  
Table 6-4. Chip and Boost Power Modes Compatibility  
Chip Power Modes  
Boost Power Modes  
Chip -Active or  
alternate active mode mode.  
Boost must be operated in its active  
Watchdog  
Timer  
Chip -Sleep mode Boost can be operated in either active  
or sleep mode. In boost sleep mode,  
the chip must wake up periodically for  
boost active-mode refresh.  
Software  
Reset  
Register  
Chip-Hibernate mode Boost can be operated in either active  
or sleep mode. However, it is  
recommended not to use the boost with  
chip hibernate mode due to the higher  
current consumption. In boost sleep  
mode, the chip must wake up  
periodically for boost active-mode  
refresh.  
The term system reset indicates that the processor as well as  
analog and digital peripherals and registers are reset.  
A reset status register shows some of the resets or power voltage  
monitoring interrupts. The program may examine this register to  
detect and report certain exception conditions. This register is  
cleared after a power-on reset. For details see the Technical  
Reference Manual.  
If the boost converter is not used, tie the VBAT, VSSB, and  
VBOOST pins to ground and leave the Ind pin unconnected.  
6.3.1 Reset Sources  
6.3 Reset  
6.3.1.1 Power Voltage Level Monitors  
IPOR - Initial Power-on-Reset  
CY8C58LP has multiple internal and external reset sources  
available. The reset sources are:  
Power source monitoring - The analog and digital power  
voltages, VDDA, VDDD, VCCA, and VCCD are monitored in  
several different modes during power up, active mode, and  
sleep mode (buzzing). If any of the voltages goes outside  
predetermined ranges then a reset is generated. The monitors  
are programmable to generate an interrupt to the processor  
under certain conditions before reaching the reset thresholds.  
At initial power on, IPOR monitors the power voltages V  
,
DDD  
V
, V  
and V  
. The trip level is not precise. It is set to  
DDA  
CCD  
CCA  
approximately 1 volt, which is below the lowest specified  
operating voltage but high enough for the internal circuits to be  
reset and to hold their reset state. The monitor generates a  
reset pulse that is at least 150 ns wide. It may be much wider  
if one or more of the voltages ramps up slowly.  
External - The device can be reset from an external source by  
pulling the reset pin (XRES) low. The XRES pin includes an  
internal pull-up to VDDIO1. VDDD, VDDA, and VDDIO1 must  
all have voltage applied before the part comes out of reset.  
If after the IPOR triggers either V  
drops back below the  
DDX  
trigger point, in a non-monotonic fashion, it must remain below  
that point for at least 10 µs. The hysteresis of the IPOR trigger  
point is typically 100 mV.  
Watchdog timer - A watchdog timer monitors the execution of  
instructions by the processor. If the watchdog timer is not reset  
by firmware within a certain period of time, the watchdog timer  
generates a reset.  
After boot, the IPOR circuit is disabled and voltage supervision  
is handed off to the precise low-voltage reset (PRES) circuit.  
PRES - Precise Low-Voltage Reset  
This circuit monitors the outputs of the analog and digital  
internal regulators after power up. The regulator outputs are  
compared to a precise reference voltage. The response to a  
PRES trip is identical to an IPOR reset.  
Software - The device can be reset under program control.  
In normal operating mode, the program cannot disable the  
digital PRES circuit. The analog regulator can be disabled,  
which also disables the analog portion of the PRES. The PRES  
circuit is disabled automatically during sleep and hibernate  
modes, with one exception: During sleep mode the regulators  
are periodically activated (buzzed) to provide supervisory  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 28 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
services and to reduce wakeup time. At these times the PRES  
WRES - Watchdog Timer Reset  
circuit is also buzzed to allow periodic voltage monitoring.  
After PRES has been deasserted, at least 10 µs must elapse  
before it can be reasserted.  
ALVI,DLVI,AHVI-Analog/DigitalLowVoltageInterrupt,Analog  
High Voltage Interrupt  
The watchdog reset detects when the software program is no  
longer being executed correctly. To indicate to the watchdog  
timer that it is running correctly, the program must periodically  
reset the timer. If the timer is not reset before a user-specified  
amount of time, then a reset is generated.  
Interrupt circuits are available to detect when VDDA and  
VDDD go outside a voltage range. For AHVI, VDDA is  
compared to a fixed trip level. For ALVI and DLVI, VDDA and  
VDDD are compared to trip levels that are programmable, as  
listed in Table 6-5. ALVI and DLVI can also be configured to  
generate a device reset instead of an interrupt.  
Note IPOR disables the watchdog function. The program must  
enable the watchdog function at an appropriate point in the  
code by setting a register bit. When this bit is set, it cannot be  
cleared again except by an IPOR power on reset event.  
6.4 I/O System and Routing  
PSoC I/Os are extremely flexible. Every GPIO has analog and  
digital I/O capability. All I/Os have a large number of drive modes,  
which are set at POR. PSoC also provides up to four individual  
I/O voltage domains through the VDDIO pins.  
Table 6-5. Analog/Digital Low Voltage Interrupt, Analog High  
Voltage Interrupt  
NormalVoltage  
Range  
Available Trip  
Settings  
Interrupt  
Supply  
There are two types of I/O pins on every device; those with USB  
provide a third type. Both general purpose I/O (GPIO) and  
special I/O (SIO) provide similar digital functionality. The primary  
differences are their analog capability and drive strength.  
Devices that include USB also provide two USBIO pins that  
support specific USB functionality as well as limited GPIO  
capability.  
DLVI  
VDDD 1.71 V-5.5 V  
VDDA 1.71 V-5.5 V  
VDDA 1.71 V-5.5 V  
1.70 V-5.45 V in  
250 mV increments  
ALVI  
1.70 V-5.45 V in  
250 mV increments  
AHVI  
5.75 V  
All I/O pins are available for use as digital inputs and outputs for  
both the CPU and digital peripherals. In addition, all I/O pins can  
generate an interrupt. The flexible and advanced capabilities of  
the PSoC I/O, combined with any signal to any pin routability,  
greatly simplify circuit design and board layout. All GPIO pins can  
The monitors are disabled until after IPOR. During sleep mode  
these circuits are periodically activated (buzzed). If an interrupt  
occurs during buzzing then the system first enters its wakeup  
sequence. The interrupt is then recognized and may be  
serviced.  
[9]  
be used for analog input, CapSense , and LCD segment drive,  
The buzz frequency is adjustable, and should be set to be less  
than the minimum time that any voltage is expected to be out  
of range. For details on how to adjust the buzz frequency, see  
the TRM.  
while SIO pins are used for voltages in excess of VDDA and for  
programmable output voltages.  
Features supported by both GPIO and SIO:  
User programmable port reset state  
SeparateI/OsuppliesandvoltagesforuptofourgroupsofI/O  
Digital peripherals use DSI to connect the pins  
Input or output or both for CPU and DMA  
Eight drive modes  
Every pin can be an interrupt source configured as rising  
edge, falling edge or both edges. If required, level sensitive  
interrupts are supported through the DSI  
Dedicated port interrupt vector for each port  
Slew rate controlled digital output drive mode  
6.3.1.2 Other Reset Sources  
XRES - External Reset  
PSoC 5LP has either a single GPIO pin that is configured as  
an external reset or a dedicated XRES pin. Either the  
dedicated XRES pin or the GPIO pin, if configured, holds the  
part in reset while held active (low). The response to an XRES  
is the same as to an IPOR reset. The external reset is active  
low. It includes an internal pull-up resistor. XRES is active  
during sleep and hibernate modes.  
Access port control and configuration registers on either port  
basis or pin basis  
Separateportread(PS)andwrite(DR)dataregisterstoavoid  
read modify write errors  
After XRES has been deasserted, at least 10 µs must elapse  
before it can be reasserted.  
SRES - Software Reset  
Special functionality on a pin by pin basis  
A reset can be commanded under program control by setting  
a bit in the software reset register. This is done either directly  
by the program or indirectly by DMA access. The response to  
a SRES is the same as after an IPOR reset.  
Additional features only provided on the GPIO pins:  
LCD segment drive on LCD equipped devices  
[9]  
CapSense  
Another register bit exists to disable this function.  
Analog input and output capability  
Continuous 100 µA clamp current capability  
Standard drive strength down to 1.71 V  
Note  
9. GPIOs with opamp outputs are not recommended for use with CapSense.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 29 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Additional features only provided on SIO pins:  
Higher drive strength than GPIO  
USBIO features:  
Full speed USB 2.0 compliant I/O  
Hot swap capability (5 V tolerance at any operating VDD)  
Programmable and regulated high input and output drive  
levels down to 1.2 V  
No analog input, CapSense, or LCD capability  
Over voltage tolerance up to 5.5 V  
SIO can act as a general purpose analog comparator  
Highest drive strength for general purpose use  
Input, output, or both for CPU and DMA  
Input, output, or both for digital peripherals  
Digital output (CMOS) drive mode  
Each pin can be an interrupt source configured as rising  
edge, falling edge, or both edges  
Figure 6-8. GPIO Block Diagram  
Digital Input Path  
Naming Convention  
‘x’ = Port Number  
‘y’ = Pin Number  
PRT[x]CTL  
PRT[x]DBL_SYNC_IN  
PRT[x]PS  
Digital System Input  
PICU[x]INTTYPE[y]  
PICU[x]INTSTAT  
Pin Interrupt Signal  
PICU[x]INTSTAT  
Input Buffer Disable  
Interrupt  
Logic  
Digital Output Path  
PRT[x]SLW  
PRT[x]SYNC_OUT  
Vddio Vddio  
Vddio  
PRT[x]DR  
0
1
In  
Digital System Output  
PRT[x]BYP  
Drive  
Logic  
PRT[x]DM2  
PRT[x]DM1  
PRT[x]DM0  
Slew  
Cntl  
PIN  
Bidirectional Control  
PRT[x]BIE  
OE  
Analog  
1
0
1
0
1
Capsense Global Control  
CAPS[x]CFG1  
Switches  
PRT[x]AG  
Analog Global  
PRT[x]AMUX  
Analog Mux  
LCD  
Display  
Data  
Logic & MUX  
PRT[x]LCD_COM_SEG  
PRT[x]LCD_EN  
LCD Bias Bus  
5
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 30 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 6-9. SIO Input/Output Block Diagram  
Digital Input Path  
Naming Convention  
‘x’ = Port Number  
‘y’ = Pin Number  
PRT[x]SIO_HYST_EN  
PRT[x]SIO_DIFF  
Buffer  
Thresholds  
Reference Level  
PRT[x]DBL_SYNC_IN  
PRT[x]PS  
Digital System Input  
PICU[x]INTTYPE[y]  
PICU[x]INTSTAT  
Pin Interrupt Signal  
PICU[x]INTSTAT  
Input Buffer Disable  
Interrupt  
Logic  
Digital Output Path  
Reference Level  
PRT[x]SIO_CFG  
PRT[x]SLW  
Driver  
Vhigh  
PRT[x]SYNC_OUT  
PRT[x]DR  
0
1
In  
Digital System Output  
PRT[x]BYP  
Drive  
Logic  
PRT[x]DM2  
PRT[x]DM1  
PRT[x]DM0  
Slew  
Cntl  
PIN  
Bidirectional Control  
PRT[x]BIE  
OE  
Figure 6-10. USBIO Block Diagram  
Digital Input Path  
Naming Convention  
‘y’ = Pin Number  
USB Receiver Circuitry  
PRT[15]DBL_SYNC_IN  
PRT[15]PS[6,7]  
USBIO_CR1[0,1]  
Digital System Input  
PICU[15]INTTYPE[y]  
PICU[15]INTSTAT  
Pin Interrupt Signal  
PICU[15]INTSTAT  
Interrupt  
Logic  
Digital Output Path  
PRT[15]SYNC_OUT  
USBIO_CR1[5]  
USB or I/O  
D+ 1.5 k  
D+ pin only  
Vddd Vddd Vddd  
USBIO_CR1[2]  
Vddd  
USB SIE Control for USB Mode  
PRT[15]DR1[7,6]  
0
1
In  
Digital System Output  
PRT[15]BYP  
5 k  
1.5 k  
Drive  
Logic  
PIN  
PRT[15]DM0[6]  
PRT[15]DM0[7]  
D+ Open  
Drain  
D- Open  
Drain  
PRT[15]DM1[6]  
PRT[15]DM1[7]  
D+ 5 k  
D- 5 k  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 31 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
6.4.1 Drive Modes  
if bypass mode is selected. Note that the actual I/O pin voltage  
is determined by a combination of the selected drive mode and  
the load at the pin. For example, if a GPIO pin is configured for  
resistive pull-up mode and driven high while the pin is floating,  
the voltage measured at the pin is a high logic state. If the same  
GPIO pin is externally tied to ground then the voltage  
unmeasured at the pin is a low logic state.  
Each GPIO and SIO pin is individually configurable into one of  
the eight drive modes listed in Table 6-6. Three configuration bits  
are used for each pin (DM[2:0]) and set in the PRTxDM[2:0]  
registers. Figure 6-11 depicts a simplified pin view based on  
each of the eight drive modes. Table 6-6 shows the I/O pin’s drive  
state based on the port data register value or digital array signal  
Figure 6-11. Drive Mode  
Vddio  
Vddio  
DR  
PS  
DR  
PS  
DR  
PS  
DR  
PS  
Pin  
Pin  
Pin  
Pin  
0. High Impedance 1. High Impedance  
Analog Digital  
2. Resistive  
Pull-Up  
3. Resistive  
Pull-Down  
Vddio  
Vddio  
Vddio  
DR  
PS  
DR  
PS  
DR  
PS  
DR  
PS  
Pin  
Pin  
Pin  
Pin  
4. Open Drain,  
Drives Low  
5. Open Drain,  
Drives High  
6. Strong Drive  
7. Resistive  
Pull-Up and Pull-Down  
Table 6-6. Drive Modes  
Diagram  
Drive Mode  
PRTxDM2  
PRTxDM1  
PRTxDM0  
PRTxDR = 1  
High-Z  
PRTxDR = 0  
High-Z  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
High impedence analog  
High Impedance digital  
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
High-Z  
High-Z  
[10]  
Resistive pull-up  
Res High (5K)  
Strong High  
High-Z  
Strong Low  
Res Low (5K)  
Strong Low  
High-Z  
[10]  
Resistive pull-down  
Open drain, drives low  
Open drain, drive high  
Strong drive  
Strong High  
Strong High  
Res High (5K)  
Strong Low  
Res Low (5K)  
[10]  
Resistive pull-up and pull-down  
Note  
10. Resistive pull-up and pull-down are not available with SIO in regulated output mode.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 32 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
The USBIO pins (P15[7] and P15[6]), when enabled for I/O mode, have limited drive mode control. The drive mode is set using the  
PRT15.DM0[7, 6] register. A resistive pull option is also available at the USBIO pins, which can be enabled using the PRT15.DM1[7,  
6] register. When enabled for USB mode, the drive mode control has no impact on the configuration of the USB pins. Unlike the GPIO  
and SIO configurations, the port wide configuration registers do not configure the USB drive mode bits. Table 6-7 shows the drive  
mode configuration for the USBIO pins.  
Table 6-7. USBIO Drive Modes (P15[7] and P15[6])  
PRT15.DM1[7,6]  
Pull up enable  
PRT15.DM0[7,6]  
Drive Mode enable  
PRT15.DR[7,6] = 1  
PRT15.DR[7,6] = 0  
Description  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
High Z  
Strong Low  
Strong Low  
Strong Low  
Strong Low  
Open Drain, Strong Low  
Strong Outputs  
Strong High  
Res High (5k)  
Strong High  
Resistive Pull Up, Strong Low  
Strong Outputs  
High impedance analog  
6.4.2 Pin Registers  
Registers to configure and interact with pins come in two forms  
that may be used interchangeably.  
All I/O registers are available in the standard port form, where  
each bit of the register corresponds to one of the port pins. This  
register form is efficient for quickly reconfiguring multiple port  
pins at the same time.  
The default reset state with both the output driver and digital  
input buffer turned off. This prevents any current from flowing  
in the I/O’s digital input buffer due to a floating voltage. This  
state is recommended for pins that are floating or that support  
an analog voltage. High impedance analog pins do not provide  
digital input functionality.  
To achieve the lowest chip current in sleep modes, all I/Os  
must either be configured to the high impedance analog mode,  
or have their pins driven to a power supply rail by the PSoC  
device or by external circuitry.  
I/O registers are also available in pin form, which combines the  
eight most commonly used port register bits into a single register  
for each pin. This enables very fast configuration changes to  
individual pins with a single register write.  
High impedance digital  
6.4.3 Bidirectional Mode  
The input buffer is enabled for digital signal input. This is the  
standard high impedance (HiZ) state recommended for digital  
inputs.  
High speed bidirectional capability allows pins to provide both  
the high impedance digital drive mode for input signals and a  
second user selected drive mode such as strong drive (set using  
PRTxDM[2:0] registers) for output signals on the same pin,  
based on the state of an auxiliary control bus signal. The  
bidirectional capability is useful for processor busses and  
communications interfaces such as the SPI Slave MISO pin that  
requires dynamic hardware control of the output buffer.  
Resistive pull-up or resistive pull-down  
Resistive pull-up or pull-down, respectively, provides a series  
resistance in one of the data states and strong drive in the  
other. Pins can be used for digital input and output in these  
modes. Interfacing to mechanical switches is a common  
application for these modes. Resistive pull-up and pull-down  
are not available with SIO in regulated output mode.  
The auxiliary control bus routes up to 16 UDB or digital peripheral  
generated output enable signals to one or more pins.  
Open drain, drives high and open drain, drives low  
6.4.4 Slew Rate Limited Mode  
Open drain modes provide high impedance in one of the data  
states and strong drive in the other. Pins can be used for digital  
input and output in these modes. A common application for  
GPIO and SIO pins have fast and slow output slew rate options  
for strong and open drain drive modes, not resistive drive modes.  
Because it results in reduced EMI, the slow edge rate option is  
recommended for signals that are not speed critical, generally  
less than 1 MHz. The fast slew rate is for signals between 1 MHz  
and 33 MHz. The slew rate is individually configurable for each  
pin, and is set by the PRTxSLW registers.  
2
these modes is driving the I C bus signal lines.  
Strong drive  
Provides a strong CMOS output drive in either high or low  
state. This is the standard output mode for pins. Strong Drive  
mode pins must not be used as inputs under normal  
circumstances. This mode is often used to drive digital output  
signals or external FETs.  
6.4.5 Pin Interrupts  
All GPIO and SIO pins are able to generate interrupts to the  
system. All eight pins in each port interface to their own Port  
Interrupt Control Unit (PICU) and associated interrupt vector.  
Each pin of the port is independently configurable to detect rising  
edge, falling edge, both edge interrupts, or to not generate an  
interrupt.  
Resistive pull-up and pull-down  
Similar to the resistive pull-up and resistive pull-down modes  
except the pin is always in series with a resistor. The high data  
state is pull-up while the low data state is pull-down. This mode  
is most often used when other signals that may cause shorts  
can drive the bus. Resistive pull-up and pull-down are not  
available with SIO in regulated output mode.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 33 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Depending on the configured mode for each pin, each time an  
interrupt event occurs on a pin, its corresponding status bit of the  
interrupt status register is set to “1” and an interrupt request is  
sent to the interrupt controller. Each PICU has its own interrupt  
vector in the interrupt controller and the pin status register  
providing easy determination of the interrupt source down to the  
pin level.  
Figure 6-12). The “DAC” section on page 55 has more details on  
VDAC use and reference routing to the SIO pins. Resistive  
pull-up and pull-down drive modes are not available with SIO in  
regulated output mode.  
6.4.12 Adjustable Input Level  
This section applies only to SIO pins. SIO pins by default support  
the standard CMOS and LVTTL input levels but also support a  
differential mode with programmable levels. SIO pins are  
grouped into pairs. Each pair shares a reference generator block  
which, is used to set the digital input buffer reference level for  
interface to external signals that differ in voltage from VDDIO.  
The reference sets the pins voltage threshold for a high logic  
level (see Figure 6-12). Available input thresholds are:  
0.5 × VDDIO  
Port pin interrupts remain active in all sleep modes allowing the  
PSoC device to wake from an externally generated interrupt.  
While level sensitive interrupts are not directly supported;  
Universal Digital Blocks (UDB) provide this functionality to the  
system when needed.  
6.4.6 Input Buffer Mode  
GPIO and SIO input buffers can be configured at the port level  
for the default CMOS input thresholds or the optional LVTTL  
input thresholds. All input buffers incorporate Schmitt triggers for  
input hysteresis. Additionally, individual pin input buffers can be  
disabled in any drive mode.  
0.4 × VDDIO  
0.5 × VREF  
VREF  
Typically a voltage DAC (VDAC) generates the VREF reference.  
“DAC” section on page 55 has more details on VDAC use and  
reference routing to the SIO pins.  
6.4.7 I/O Power Supplies  
Up to four I/O pin power supplies are provided depending on the  
device and package. Each I/O supply must be less than or equal  
to the voltage on the chip’s analog (VDDA) pin. This feature  
allows users to provide different I/O voltage levels for different  
pins on the device. Refer to the specific device package pinout  
to determine VDDIO capability for a given port and pin. The SIO  
port pins support an additional regulated high output capability,  
as described in Adjustable Output Level.  
Figure 6-12. SIO Reference for Input and Output  
Input Path  
Digital  
Input  
Vinref  
6.4.8 Analog Connections  
These connections apply only to GPIO pins. All GPIO pins may  
be used as analog inputs or outputs. The analog voltage present  
on the pin must not exceed the VDDIO supply voltage to which  
the GPIO belongs. Each GPIO may connect to one of the analog  
global busses or to one of the analog mux buses to connect any  
pin to any internal analog resource such as ADC or comparators.  
In addition, select pins provide direct connections to specific  
analog features such as the high current DACs or uncommitted  
opamps.  
Reference  
Generator  
SIO_Ref  
PIN  
Voutref  
Output Path  
Driver  
Vhigh  
6.4.9 CapSense  
This section applies only to GPIO pins. All GPIO pins may be  
[11]  
used to create CapSense buttons and sliders . See the  
Digital  
Output  
Drive  
Logic  
“CapSense” section on page 55 for more information.  
6.4.10 LCD Segment Drive  
This section applies only to GPIO pins. All GPIO pins may be  
used to generate Segment and Common drive signals for direct  
glass drive of LCD glass. See the “LCD Direct Drive” section on  
page 54 for details.  
6.4.13 SIO as Comparator  
6.4.11 Adjustable Output Level  
This section applies only to SIO pins. The adjustable input level  
feature of the SIOs as explained in the Adjustable Input Level  
section can be used to construct a comparator. The threshold for  
the comparator is provided by the SIO's reference generator. The  
reference generator has the option to set the analog signal  
routed through the analog global line as threshold for the  
comparator. Note that a pair of SIO pins share the same  
threshold.  
This section applies only to SIO pins. SIO port pins support the  
ability to provide a regulated high output level for interface to  
external signals that are lower in voltage than the SIO’s  
respective VDDIO. SIO pins are individually configurable to  
output either the standard VDDIO level or the regulated output,  
which is based on an internally generated reference. Typically a  
voltage DAC (VDAC) is used to generate the reference (see  
Note  
11. GPIOs with opamp outputs are not recommended for use with CapSense.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 34 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
The digital input path in Figure 6-9 on page 31 illustrates this  
6.4.16 Reset Configuration  
functionality. In the figure, ‘Reference level’ is the analog signal  
routed through the analog global. The hysteresis feature can  
also be enabled for the input buffer of the SIO, which increases  
noise immunity for the comparator.  
While reset is active all I/Os are reset to and held in the High  
Impedance Analog state. After reset is released, the state can be  
reprogrammed on a port-by-port basis to pull-down or pull-up. To  
ensure correct reset operation, the port reset configuration data  
is stored in special nonvolatile registers. The stored reset data is  
automatically transferred to the port reset configuration registers  
at reset release.  
6.4.14 Hot Swap  
This section applies only to SIO pins. SIO pins support ‘hot swap’  
capability to plug into an application without loading the signals  
that are connected to the SIO pins even when no power is  
applied to the PSoC device. This allows the unpowered PSoC to  
maintain a high impedance load to the external device while also  
preventing the PSoC from being powered through a SIO pin’s  
protection diode.  
6.4.17 Low Power Functionality  
In all low power modes the I/O pins retain their state until the part  
is awakened and changed or reset. To awaken the part, use a  
pin interrupt, because the port interrupt logic continues to  
function in all low power modes.  
Powering the device up or down while connected to an  
operational I2C bus may cause transient states on the SIO pins.  
The overall I2C bus design should take this into account.  
6.4.18 Special Pin Functionality  
Some pins on the device include additional special functionality  
in addition to their GPIO or SIO functionality. The specific special  
function pins are listed in “Pinouts” on page 5. The special  
features are:  
6.4.15 Overvoltage Tolerance  
All I/O pins provide an overvoltage tolerance feature at any  
operating VDD.  
Digital  
There are no current limitations for the SIO pins as they present  
a high impedance load to the external circuit.  
4- to 25-MHz crystal oscillator  
32.768-kHz crystal oscillator  
2
Wake from sleep on I C address match. Any pin can be used  
TheGPIOpinsmustbelimitedto100µAusingacurrentlimiting  
resistor. GPIO pins clamp the pin voltage to approximately one  
diode above the VDDIO supply.  
2
for I C if wake from sleep is not required.  
JTAG interface pins  
SWD interface pins  
SWV interface pins  
TRACEPORT interface pins  
External reset  
In case of a GPIO pin configured for analog input/output, the  
analog voltage on the pin must not exceed the VDDIO supply  
voltage to which the GPIO belongs.  
A common application for this feature is connection to a bus such  
Analog  
2
as I C where different devices are running from different supply  
2
Opamp inputs and outputs  
High current IDAC outputs  
External reference inputs  
voltages. In the I C case, the PSoC chip is configured into the  
Open Drain, Drives Low mode for the SIO pin. This allows an  
2
external pull-up to pull the I C bus voltage above the PSoC pin  
supply. For example, the PSoC chip could operate at 1.8 V, and  
an external device could run from 5 V. Note that the SIO pin’s  
VIH and VIL levels are determined by the associated VDDIO  
supply pin.  
6.4.19 JTAG Boundary Scan  
The device supports standard JTAG boundary scan chains on all  
pins for board level test.  
The SIO pin must be in one of the following modes: 0 (high  
impedance analog), 1 (high impedance digital), or 4 (open drain  
drives low). See Figure 6-11 for details. Absolute maximum  
ratings for the device must be observed for all I/O pins.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 35 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
7.1 Example Peripherals  
7. Digital Subsystem  
The flexibility of the CY8C58LP family’s UDBs and analog blocks  
allow the user to create a wide range of components  
(peripherals). The most common peripherals were built and  
characterized by Cypress and are shown in the PSoC Creator  
component catalog, however, users may also create their own  
custom components using PSoC Creator. Using PSoC Creator,  
users may also create their own components for reuse within  
their organization, for example sensor interfaces, proprietary  
algorithms, and display interfaces.  
The digital programmable system creates application specific  
combinations of both standard and advanced digital peripherals  
and custom logic functions. These peripherals and logic are then  
interconnected to each other and to any pin on the device,  
providing a high level of design flexibility and IP security.  
The features of the digital programmable system are outlined  
here to provide an overview of capabilities and architecture. You  
do not need to interact directly with the programmable digital  
system at the hardware and register level. PSoC Creator  
provides a high level schematic capture graphical interface to  
automatically place and route resources similar to PLDs.  
The number of components available through PSoC Creator is  
too numerous to list in the datasheet, and the list is always  
growing. An example of a component available for use in  
CY8C58LP family, but, not explicitly called out in this datasheet  
is the UART component.  
The main components of the digital programmable system are:  
Universal Digital Blocks (UDB) - These form the core  
functionality of the digital programmable system. UDBs are a  
collection of uncommitted logic (PLD) and structural logic  
(Datapath) optimized to create all common embedded  
peripherals and customized functionality that are application or  
design specific.  
7.1.1 Example Digital Components  
The following is a sample of the digital components available in  
PSoC Creator for the CY8C58LP family. The exact amount of  
hardware resources (UDBs, routing, RAM, flash) used by a  
component varies with the features selected in PSoC Creator for  
the component.  
Universal Digital Block array - UDB blocks are arrayed within  
a matrix of programmable interconnect. The UDB array  
structure is homogeneous and allows for flexible mapping of  
digital functions onto the array. The array supports extensive  
and flexible routing interconnects between UDBs and the  
Digital System Interconnect.  
Communications  
2
I C  
UART  
SPI  
Functions  
EMIF  
PWMs  
Timers  
Counters  
Digital System Interconnect (DSI) - Digital signals from  
Universal Digital Blocks (UDBs), fixed function peripherals, I/O  
pins, interrupts, DMA, and other system core signals are  
attached to the Digital System Interconnect to implement full  
featureddeviceconnectivity.TheDSIallowsanydigitalfunction  
to any pin or other feature routability when used with the  
Universal Digital Block array.  
Logic  
NOT  
OR  
Figure 7-1. CY8C58LP Digital Programmable Architecture  
XOR  
AND  
Digital Core System  
and Fixed Function Peripherals  
7.1.2 Example Analog Components  
The following is a sample of the analog components available in  
PSoC Creator for the CY8C58LP family. The exact amount of  
hardware resources (SC/CT blocks, routing, RAM, flash) used  
by a component varies with the features selected in PSoC  
Creator for the component.  
DSI Routing Interface  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
Amplifiers  
TIA  
PGA  
opamp  
ADCs  
Delta-Sigma  
Successive Approximation (SAR)  
DSI Routing Interface  
DACs  
Current  
Voltage  
PWM  
Digital Core System  
and Fixed Function Peripherals  
Comparators  
Mixers  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 36 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
7.1.3 Example System Function Components  
7.1.4.2 Component Catalog  
The following is a sample of the system function components  
available in PSoC Creator for the CY8C58LP family. The exact  
amount of hardware resources (UDBs, DFB taps, SC/CT blocks,  
routing, RAM, flash) used by a component varies with the  
features selected in PSoC Creator for the component.  
The component catalog is a repository of reusable design  
elements that select device functionality and customize your  
PSoC device. It is populated with an impressive selection of  
content; from simple primitives such as logic gates and device  
registers, through the digital timers, counters and PWMs, plus  
analog components such as ADCs, DACs, and filters, and  
CapSense  
LCD Drive  
LCD Control  
Filters  
2
communication protocols, such as I C, USB and CAN. See  
“Example Peripherals” section on page 36 for more details about  
available peripherals. All content is fully characterized and  
carefully documented in datasheets with code examples, AC/DC  
specifications, and user code ready APIs.  
7.1.4.3 Design Reuse  
7.1.4 Designing with PSoC Creator  
7.1.4.1 More Than a Typical IDE  
The symbol editor gives you the ability to develop reusable  
components that can significantly reduce future design time. Just  
draw a symbol and associate that symbol with your proven  
design. PSoC Creator allows for the placement of the new  
symbol anywhere in the component catalog along with the  
content provided by Cypress. You can then reuse your content  
as many times as you want, and in any number of projects,  
without ever having to revisit the details of the implementation.  
A successful design tool allows for the rapid development and  
deployment of both simple and complex designs. It reduces or  
eliminates any learning curve. It makes the integration of a new  
design into the production stream straightforward.  
PSoC Creator is that design tool.  
PSoC Creator is a full featured Integrated Development  
Environment (IDE) for hardware and software design. It is  
optimized specifically for PSoC devices and combines a modern,  
powerful software development platform with a sophisticated  
graphical design tool. This unique combination of tools makes  
PSoC Creator the most flexible embedded design platform  
available.  
7.1.4.4 Software Development  
Anchoring the tool is a modern, highly customizable user  
interface. It includes project management and integrated editors  
for C and assembler source code, as well the design entry tools.  
Project build control leverages compiler technology from top  
®
commercial vendors such as ARM Limited, Keil™, and  
CodeSourcery (GNU). Free versions of Keil C51 and GNU C  
Compiler (GCC) for ARM, with no restrictions on code size or end  
product distribution, are included with the tool distribution.  
Upgrading to more optimizing compilers is a snap with support  
for the professional Keil C51 product and ARM RealView™  
compiler.  
Graphical design entry simplifies the task of configuring a  
particular part. You can select the required functionality from an  
extensive catalog of components and place it in your design. All  
components are parameterized and have an editor dialog that  
allows you to tailor functionality to your needs.  
PSoC Creator automatically configures clocks and routes the I/O  
to the selected pins and then generates APIs to give the  
application complete control over the hardware. Changing the  
PSoC device configuration is as simple as adding a new  
component, setting its parameters, and rebuilding the project.  
7.1.4.5 Nonintrusive Debugging  
With JTAG (4-wire) and SWD (2-wire) debug connectivity  
available on all devices, the PSoC Creator debugger offers full  
control over the target device with minimum intrusion.  
Breakpoints and code execution commands are all readily  
available from toolbar buttons and an impressive lineup of  
windows—register, locals, watch, call stack, memory and  
peripherals—make for an unparalleled level of visibility into the  
system. PSoC Creator contains all the tools necessary to  
complete a design, and then to maintain and extend that design  
for years to come. All steps of the design flow are carefully  
integrated and optimized for ease-of-use and to maximize  
productivity.  
At any stage of development you are free to change the  
hardware configuration and even the target processor. To  
retarget your application (hardware and software) to new  
devices, even from 8- to 32-bit families, just select the new  
device and rebuild.  
You also have the ability to change the C compiler and evaluate  
an alternative. Components are designed for portability and are  
validated against all devices, from all families, and against all  
supported tool chains. Switching compilers is as easy as editing  
the from the project options and rebuilding the application with  
no errors from the generated APIs or boot code.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 37 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
7.2.1 PLD Module  
7.2 Universal Digital Block  
The primary purpose of the PLD blocks is to implement logic  
expressions, state machines, sequencers, look up tables, and  
decoders. In the simplest use model, consider the PLD blocks as  
a standalone resource onto which general purpose RTL is  
synthesized and mapped. The more common and efficient use  
model is to create digital functions from a combination of PLD  
and datapath blocks, where the PLD implements only the  
random logic and state portion of the function while the datapath  
(ALU) implements the more structured elements.  
The Universal Digital Block (UDB) represents an evolutionary  
step to the next generation of PSoC embedded digital peripheral  
functionality. The architecture in first generation PSoC digital  
blocks provides coarse programmability in which a few fixed  
functions with a small number of options are available. The new  
UDB architecture is the optimal balance between configuration  
granularity and efficient implementation. A cornerstone of this  
approach is to provide the ability to customize the devices digital  
operation to match application requirements.  
To achieve this, UDBs consist of a combination of uncommitted  
logic (PLD), structured logic (Datapath), and a flexible routing  
scheme to provide interconnect between these elements, I/O  
connections, and other peripherals. UDB functionality ranges  
from simple self contained functions that are implemented in one  
UDB, or even a portion of a UDB (unused resources are  
available for other functions), to more complex functions that  
require multiple UDBs. Examples of basic functions are timers,  
counters, CRC generators, PWMs, dead band generators, and  
Figure 7-3. PLD 12C4 Structure  
IN0  
IN1  
IN2  
IN3  
IN4  
IN5  
IN6  
IN7  
IN8  
IN9  
IN10  
IN11  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
T C T C T C T C T C T C T C T C  
AND  
Array  
2
communications functions, such as UARTs, SPI, and I C. Also,  
the PLD blocks and connectivity provide full featured general  
purpose programmable logic within the limits of the available  
resources.  
SELIN  
(carry in)  
Figure 7-2. UDB Block Diagram  
PLD  
Chaining  
OUT0  
OUT1  
OUT2  
OUT3  
MC0  
MC1  
MC2  
MC3  
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
PLD  
12C4  
(8 PTs)  
PLD  
12C4  
(8 PTs)  
Clock  
and Reset  
Control  
SELOUT  
(carry out)  
OR  
Array  
Status and  
Control  
Datapath  
Datapath  
Chaining  
One 12C4 PLD block is shown in Figure 7-3. This PLD has 12  
inputs, which feed across eight product terms. Each product term  
(AND function) can be from 1 to 12 inputs wide, and in a given  
product term, the true (T) or complement (C) of each input can  
be selected. The product terms are summed (OR function) to  
create the PLD outputs. A sum can be from 1 to 8 product terms  
wide. The 'C' in 12C4 indicates that the width of the OR gate (in  
this case 8) is constant across all outputs (rather than variable  
as in a 22V10 device). This PLA like structure gives maximum  
flexibility and insures that all inputs and outputs are permutable  
for ease of allocation by the software tools. There are two 12C4  
PLDs in each UDB.  
Routing Channel  
The main component blocks of the UDB are:  
PLD blocks - There are two small PLDs per UDB. These blocks  
take inputs from the routing array and form registered or  
combinational sum-of-products logic. PLDs are used to  
implement state machines, state bits, and combinational logic  
equations. PLD configuration is automatically generated from  
graphical primitives.  
7.2.2 Datapath Module  
Datapath Module - This 8-bit wide datapath contains structured  
logic to implement a dynamically configurable ALU, a variety  
ofcompare configurations andconditiongeneration. Thisblock  
alsocontainsinput/outputFIFOs, whicharetheprimaryparallel  
data interface between the CPU/DMA system and the UDB.  
Status and Control Module - The primary role of this block is to  
provide a way for CPU firmware to interact and synchronize  
with UDB operation.  
The datapath contains an 8-bit single cycle ALU, with associated  
compare and condition generation logic. This datapath block is  
optimized to implement embedded functions, such as timers,  
counters, integrators, PWMs, PRS, CRC, shifters and dead band  
generators, and many others.  
Clock and Reset Module - This block provides the UDB clocks  
and reset selection and control.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 38 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 7-4. Datapath Top Level  
PHUB System Bus  
R/W Access to All  
Registers  
F1  
FIFOs  
F0  
Output  
Muxes  
Input  
Muxes  
A0  
A1  
D0  
D1  
Input from  
Programmable  
Routing  
Output to  
Programmable  
Routing  
6
6
D1  
Data Registers  
D0  
To/From  
Previous  
Datapath  
To/From  
Next  
Datapath  
Chaining  
A1  
Accumulators  
A0  
PI  
Parallel Input/Output  
(To/From Programmable Routing)  
PO  
ALU  
Shift  
Mask  
7.2.2.1 Working Registers  
sequence, and can be routed from any block connected to the  
UDB routing matrix, most typically PLD logic, I/O pins, or from  
the outputs of this or other datapath blocks.  
The datapath contains six primary working registers, which are  
accessed by CPU firmware or DMA during normal operation.  
ALU  
Table 7-1. Working Datapath Registers  
The ALU performs eight general purpose functions. They are:  
Name  
Function  
Description  
Increment  
Decrement  
Add  
A0 and A1 Accumulators  
These are sources and sinks for  
the ALU and also sources for the  
compares.  
D0 and D1 Data Registers These are sources for the ALU  
and sources for the compares.  
Subtract  
F0 and F1 FIFOs  
These are the primary interface  
to the system bus. They can be a  
data source for the data registers  
and accumulators or they can  
capture data from the accumu-  
lators or ALU. Each FIFO is four  
bytes deep.  
Logical AND  
Logical OR  
Logical XOR  
Pass, used to pass a value through the ALU to the shift register,  
mask, or another UDB register  
Independent of the ALU operation, these functions are available:  
7.2.2.2 Dynamic Datapath Configuration RAM  
Shift left  
Dynamic configuration is the ability to change the datapath  
function and internal configuration on a cycle-by-cycle basis,  
under sequencer control. This is implemented using the 8-word  
x 16-bit configuration RAM, which stores eight unique 16-bit wide  
configurations. The address input to this RAM controls the  
Shift right  
Nibble swap  
Bitwise OR mask  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 39 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
7.2.2.3 Conditionals  
7.2.2.7 Chaining  
Each datapath has two compares, with bit masking options.  
Compare operands include the two accumulators and the two  
data registers in a variety of configurations. Other conditions  
include zero detect, all ones detect, and overflow. These  
conditions are the primary datapath outputs, a selection of which  
can be driven out to the UDB routing matrix. Conditional  
computation can use the built in chaining to neighboring UDBs  
to operate on wider data widths without the need to use routing  
resources.  
The datapath can be configured to chain conditions and signals  
such as carries and shift data with neighboring datapaths to  
create higher precision arithmetic, shift, CRC/PRS functions.  
7.2.2.8 Time Multiplexing  
In applications that are over sampled, or do not need high clock  
rates, the single ALU block in the datapath can be efficiently  
shared with two sets of registers and condition generators. Carry  
and shift out data from the ALU are registered and can be  
selected as inputs in subsequent cycles. This provides support  
for 16-bit functions in one (8-bit) datapath.  
7.2.2.4 Variable MSB  
The most significant bit of an arithmetic and shift function can be  
programmatically specified. This supports variable width CRC  
and PRS functions, and in conjunction with ALU output masking,  
can implement arbitrary width timers, counters and shift blocks.  
7.2.2.9 Datapath I/O  
There are six inputs and six outputs that connect the datapath to  
the routing matrix. Inputs from the routing provide the  
configuration for the datapath operation to perform in each cycle,  
and the serial data inputs. Inputs can be routed from other UDB  
blocks, other device peripherals, device I/O pins, and so on. The  
outputs to the routing can be selected from the generated  
conditions, and the serial data outputs. Outputs can be routed to  
other UDB blocks, device peripherals, interrupt and DMA  
controller, I/O pins, and so on.  
7.2.2.5 Built-in CRC/PRS  
The datapath has built in support for single cycle Cyclic  
Redundancy Check (CRC) computation and Pseudo Random  
Sequence (PRS) generation of arbitrary width and arbitrary  
polynomial. CRC/PRS functions longer than 8 bits may be  
implemented in conjunction with PLD logic, or built in chaining  
may be use to extend the function into neighboring UDBs.  
7.2.3 Status and Control Module  
7.2.2.6 Input/Output FIFOs  
The primary purpose of this circuitry is to coordinate CPU  
firmware interaction with internal UDB operation.  
Each datapath contains two four-byte deep FIFOs, which can be  
independently configured as an input buffer (system bus writes  
to the FIFO, datapath internal reads the FIFO), or an output  
buffer (datapath internal writes to the FIFO, the system bus reads  
from the FIFO). The FIFOs generate status that are selectable  
as datapath outputs and can therefore be driven to the routing,  
to interact with sequencers, interrupts, or DMA.  
Figure 7-6. Status and Control Registers  
System Bus  
8-bit Status Register  
(Read Only)  
8-bit Control Register  
(Write/Read)  
Figure 7-5. Example FIFO Configurations  
System Bus  
System Bus  
F0  
F0  
F1  
Routing Channel  
The bits of the control register, which may be written to by the  
system bus, are used to drive into the routing matrix, and thus  
provide firmware with the opportunity to control the state of UDB  
processing. The status register is read-only and it allows internal  
UDB state to be read out onto the system bus directly from  
internal routing. This allows firmware to monitor the state of UDB  
processing. Each bit of these registers has programmable  
connections to the routing matrix and routing connections are  
made depending on the requirements of the application.  
D0/D1  
D0  
A0  
D1  
A1  
A0/A1/ALU  
A0/A1/ALU  
F0  
A0/A1/ALU  
F1  
F1  
System Bus  
System Bus  
Dual Capture  
TX/RX  
Dual Buffer  
7.2.3.1 Usage Examples  
As an example of control input, a bit in the control register can  
be allocated as a function enable bit. There are multiple ways to  
enable a function. In one method the control bit output would be  
routed to the clock control block in one or more UDBs and serve  
as a clock enable for the selected UDB blocks. A status example  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 40 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
7.2.3.2 Clock Generation  
An example of this is the 8-bit Timer in the upper left corner of  
the array. This function only requires one datapath in the UDB,  
and therefore the PLD resources may be allocated to another  
function. A function such as a Quadrature Decoder may require  
more PLD logic than one UDB can supply and in this case can  
utilize the unused PLD blocks in the 8-bit Timer UDB.  
Programmable resources in the UDB array are generally  
homogeneous so functions can be mapped to arbitrary  
boundaries in the array.  
Each subcomponent block of a UDB including the two PLDs, the  
datapath, and Status and Control, has a clock selection and  
control block. This promotes a fine granularity with respect to  
allocating clocking resources to UDB component blocks and  
allows unused UDB resources to be used by other functions for  
maximum system efficiency.  
7.3 UDB Array Description  
Figure 7-8. Function Mapping Example in a Bank of UDBs  
Figure 7-7 shows an example of a 16 UDB array. In addition to  
the array core, there are a DSI routing interfaces at the top and  
bottom of the array. Other interfaces that are not explicitly shown  
include the system interfaces for bus and clock distribution. The  
UDB array includes multiple horizontal and vertical routing  
channels each comprised of 96 wires. The wire connections to  
UDBs, at horizontal/vertical intersection and at the DSI interface  
are highly permutable providing efficient automatic routing in  
PSoC Creator. Additionally the routing allows wire by wire  
segmentation along the vertical and horizontal routing to further  
increase routing flexibility and capability.  
8-Bit  
Timer  
16-Bit  
PWM  
Quadrature Decoder  
16-Bit PYRS  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
HV  
A
HV  
B
HV  
A
HV  
B
UDB  
8-Bit  
UDB  
8-Bit SPI  
UDB  
UDB  
Timer  
Logic  
Figure 7-7. Digital System Interface Structure  
I2C Slave  
UDB  
12-Bit SPI  
UDB  
System Connections  
UDB  
UDB  
HV  
B
HV  
A
HV  
B
HV  
A
HV  
B
HV  
A
HV  
B
HV  
A
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
Logic  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
HV  
A
HV  
B
HV  
A
HV  
B
UART  
12-Bit PWM  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
7.4 DSI Routing Interface Description  
The DSI routing interface is a continuation of the horizontal and  
vertical routing channels at the top and bottom of the UDB array  
core. It provides general purpose programmable routing  
between device peripherals, including UDBs, I/Os, analog  
peripherals, interrupts, DMA and fixed function peripherals.  
HV  
B
HV  
A
HV  
B
HV  
A
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
UDB  
Figure 7-9 illustrates the concept of the digital system  
interconnect, which connects the UDB array routing matrix with  
other device peripherals. Any digital core or fixed function  
peripheral that needs programmable routing is connected to this  
interface.  
HV  
A
HV  
B
HV  
A
HV  
B
Signals in this category include:  
System Connections  
Interrupt requests from all digital peripherals in the system.  
DMA requests from all digital peripherals in the system.  
Digital peripheral data signals that need flexible routing to I/Os.  
Digital peripheral data signals that need connections to UDBs.  
Connections to the interrupt and DMA controllers.  
Connection to I/O pins.  
7.3.1 UDB Array Programmable Resources  
Figure 7-8 shows an example of how functions are mapped into  
a bank of 16 UDBs. The primary programmable resources of the  
UDB are two PLDs, one datapath and one status/control register.  
These resources are allocated independently, because they  
have independently selectable clocks, and therefore unused  
blocks are allocated to other unrelated functions.  
Connection to analog system digital signals.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 41 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 7-9. Digital System Interconnect  
single synchronized (pipelined) and a data input signal has the  
option to be double synchronized. The synchronization clock is  
the system clock (see Figure 6-1). Normally all inputs from pins  
are synchronized as this is required if the CPU interacts with the  
signal or any signal derived from it. Asynchronous inputs have  
rare uses. An example of this is a feed through of combinational  
PLD logic from input pins to output pins.  
Timer  
Interrupt  
DMA  
IO Port  
Pins  
Global  
Clocks  
CAN  
I2C  
Counters  
Controller  
Controller  
Figure 7-11. I/O Pin Synchronization Routing  
Digital System Routing I/F  
UDB ARRAY  
DO  
DI  
Digital System Routing I/F  
Figure 7-12. I/O Pin Output Connectivity  
8 IO Data Output Connections from the  
UDB Array Digital System Interface  
Delta-  
Sigma  
ADC  
Global  
Clocks  
IO Port  
Pins  
SAR  
ADC  
SC/CT  
Blocks  
EMIF  
DACS  
Comparators  
Interrupt and DMA routing is very flexible in the CY8C58LP  
programmable architecture. In addition to the numerous fixed  
function peripherals that can generate interrupt requests, any  
data signal in the UDB array routing can also be used to generate  
DO  
PIN 0  
DO  
PIN1  
DO  
PIN2  
DO  
PIN3  
DO  
PIN4  
DO  
PIN5  
DO  
PIN6  
DO  
PIN7  
a
request. A single peripheral may generate multiple  
independent interrupt requests simplifying system and firmware  
design. Figure 7-10 shows the structure of the IDMUX  
(Interrupt/DMA Multiplexer).  
Port i  
Figure 7-10. Interrupt and DMA Processing in the IDMUX  
Interrupt and DMA Processing in IDMUX  
There are four more DSI connections to a given I/O port to  
implement dynamic output enable control of pins. This  
connectivity gives a range of options, from fully ganged 8-bits  
controlled by one signal, to up to four individually controlled pins.  
The output enable signal is useful for creating tri-state  
bidirectional pins and buses.  
Fixed Function IRQs  
0
1
Interrupt  
Controller  
IRQs  
2
3
UDB Array  
Edge  
Detect  
Figure 7-13. I/O Pin Output Enable Connectivity  
4 IO Control Signal Connections from  
UDB Array Digital System Interface  
DRQs  
DMA termout (IRQs)  
0
Fixed Function DRQs  
DMA  
Controller  
1
2
Edge  
Detect  
7.4.1 I/O Port Routing  
There are a total of 20 DSI routes to a typical 8-bit I/O port, 16  
for data and four for drive strength control.  
OE  
PIN 0  
OE  
PIN1  
OE  
PIN2  
OE  
PIN3  
OE  
PIN4  
OE  
PIN5  
OE  
PIN6  
OE  
PIN7  
When an I/O pin is connected to the routing, there are two  
primary connections available, an input and an output. In  
conjunction with drive strength control, this can implement a  
bidirectional I/O pin. A data output signal has the option to be  
Port i  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 42 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
reliability at a low cost. Because of its success in automotive  
applications, CAN is used as a standard communication protocol  
for motion oriented machine control networks (CANOpen) and  
factory automation applications (DeviceNet). The CAN controller  
features allow the efficient implementation of higher level  
protocols without affecting the performance of the  
microcontroller CPU. Full configuration support is provided in  
PSoC Creator.  
7.5 CAN  
The CAN peripheral is a fully functional Controller Area Network  
(CAN) supporting communication baud rates up to 1 Mbps. The  
CAN controller implements the CAN2.0A and CAN2.0B  
specifications as defined in the Bosch specification and  
conforms to the ISO-11898-1 standard. The CAN protocol was  
originally designed for automotive applications with a focus on a  
high level of fault detection. This ensures high communication  
Figure 7-14. CAN Bus System Implementation  
CAN Node 1  
PSoC  
CAN Node 2  
CAN Node n  
CAN  
Drivers  
CAN Controller  
En  
Tx Rx  
CAN Transceiver  
CAN_H  
CAN_H  
CAN_L  
CAN_H  
CAN_L  
CAN_L  
CAN Bus  
7.5.1 CAN Features  
Receive path  
16 receive buffers each with its own message filter  
Enhanced hardware message filter implementation that  
covers the ID, IDE and RTR  
DeviceNet addressing support  
Multiple receive buffers linkable to build a larger receive  
message array  
CAN2.0A/B protocol implementation - ISO 11898 compliant  
Standard and extended frames with up to 8 bytes of data per  
frame  
Message filter capabilities  
Remote Transmission Request (RTR) support  
Programmable bit rate up to 1 Mbps  
Automatic transmission request (RTR) response handler  
Lost received message notification  
Listen Only mode  
Transmit path  
SW readable error counter and indicator  
Eight transmit buffers  
Programmable transmit priority  
Round robin  
Fixed priority  
Message transmissions abort capability  
Sleep mode: Wake the device from sleep with activity on the  
Rx pin  
Supports two or three wire interface to external transceiver (Tx,  
Rx, and Enable). The three-wire interface is compatible with  
the Philips PHY; the PHY is not included on-chip. The three  
wires can be routed to any I/O  
7.5.2 Software Tools Support  
CAN Controller configuration integrated into PSoC Creator:  
Enhanced interrupt controller  
CAN receive and transmit buffers status  
CAN controller error status including BusOff  
CAN Configuration walkthrough with bit timing analyzer  
Receive filter setup  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 43 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 7-15. CAN Controller Block Diagram  
TxMessage0  
TxReq  
TxAbort  
TxMessage1  
TxReq  
TxAbort  
Tx Buffer  
Status  
TxReq  
Bit Timing  
Pending  
Priority  
Arbiter  
Tx  
TxMessage6  
TxReq  
TxAbort  
Tx  
CAN  
Framer  
CRC  
Generator  
TxInterrupt  
Request  
(if enabled)  
TxMessage7  
TxReq  
TxAbort  
Error Status  
Error Active  
Error Passive  
Bus Off  
Tx Error Counter  
Rx Error Counter  
RTR RxMessages  
0-15  
RxMessage0  
RxMessage1  
Acceptance Code 0  
Acceptance Mask 0  
Acceptance Mask 1  
Rx Buffer  
Status  
RxMessage  
Available  
Acceptance Code 1  
Rx  
Rx  
RxMessage  
Handler  
CAN  
Framer  
CRC Check  
RxMessage14  
RxMessage15  
Acceptance Code 14  
Acceptance Code 15  
Acceptance Mask 14  
Acceptance Mask 15  
RxInterrupt  
Request  
(if enabled)  
WakeUp  
Request  
Error Detection  
CRC  
Form  
ACK  
Bit Stuffing  
Bit Error  
Overload  
Arbitration  
ErrInterrupt  
Request  
(if enabled)  
Figure 7-16. USB  
7.6 USB  
PSoC includes a dedicated Full-Speed (12 Mbps) USB 2.0  
transceiver supporting all four USB transfer types: control,  
interrupt, bulk, and isochronous. PSoC Creator provides full  
configuration support. USB interfaces to hosts through two  
dedicated USBIO pins, which are detailed in the “I/O System and  
Routing” section on page 29.  
512 X 8  
SRAM  
Arbiter  
External 22 Ω  
Resistors  
D+  
S I E  
(Serial Interface  
Engine)  
USB  
I/O  
D–  
USB includes the following features:  
Interrupts  
Eight unidirectional data endpoints  
48 MHz  
IMO  
One bidirectional control endpoint 0 (EP0)  
Shared 512-byte buffer for the eight data endpoints  
7.7 Timers, Counters, and PWMs  
Dedicated 8-byte buffer for EP0  
The Timer/Counter/PWM peripheral is a 16-bit dedicated  
peripheral providing three of the most common embedded  
peripheral features. As almost all embedded systems use some  
combination of timers, counters, and PWMs. Four of them have  
been included on this PSoC device family. Additional and more  
advanced functionality timers, counters, and PWMs can also be  
instantiated in Universal Digital Blocks (UDBs) as required.  
PSoC Creator allows you to choose the timer, counter, and PWM  
features that you need. The tool set utilizes the most optimal  
resources available.  
Three memory modes  
Manual Memory Management with No DMA Access  
Manual Memory Management with Manual DMA Access  
Automatic Memory Management with Automatic DMA  
Access  
Internal 3.3 V regulator for transceiver  
Internal 48 MHz oscillator that auto locks to USB bus clock,  
requiring no external crystal for USB (USB equipped parts only)  
Interrupts on bus and each endpoint event, with device wakeup  
USB Reset, Suspend, and Resume operations  
Bus powered and self powered modes  
The Timer/Counter/PWM peripheral can select from multiple  
clock sources, with input and output signals connected through  
the DSI routing. DSI routing allows input and output connections  
to any device pin and any internal digital signal accessible  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 44 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
2
through the DSI. Each of the four instances has a compare  
output, terminal count output (optional complementary compare  
output), and programmable interrupt request line. The  
Timer/Counter/PWMs are configurable as free running, one shot,  
or Enable input controlled. The peripheral has timer reset and  
capture inputs, and a kill input for control of the comparator  
outputs. The peripheral supports full 16-bit capture.  
and generation of framing bits. I C operates as a slave, a master,  
or multimaster (Slave and Master). In slave mode, the unit  
always listens for a start condition to begin sending or receiving  
data. Master mode supplies the ability to generate the Start and  
Stop conditions and initiate transactions. Multimaster mode  
provides clock synchronization and arbitration to allow multiple  
masters on the same bus. If Master mode is enabled and Slave  
mode is not enabled, the block does not generate interrupts on  
2
Timer/Counter/PWM features include:  
16-bit timer/counter/PWM (down count only)  
Selectable clock source  
externally generated Start conditions. I C interfaces through the  
DSI routing and allows direct connections to any GPIO or SIO  
pins.  
2
I C provides hardware address detect of a 7-bit address without  
CPU intervention. Additionally the device can wake from low  
PWM comparator (configurable for LT, LTE, EQ, GTE, GT)  
Period reload on start, reset, and terminal count  
Interrupt on terminal count, compare true, or capture  
Dynamic counter reads  
power modes on a 7-bit hardware address match. If wakeup  
2
functionality is required, I C pin connections are limited to the  
two special sets of SIO pins.  
2
I C features include:  
Slave and master, transmitter, and receiver operation  
Byte processing for low CPU overhead  
Interrupt or polling CPU interface  
Timer capture mode  
Count while enable signal is asserted mode  
Free run mode  
Support for bus speeds up to 1 Mbps  
One-shot mode (stop at end of period)  
Complementary PWM outputs with deadband  
PWM output kill  
7 or 10-bit addressing (10-bit addressing requires firmware  
support)  
SMBus operation (through firmware support - SMBus  
supported in hardware in UDBs)  
Figure 7-17. Timer/Counter/PWM  
Clock  
Reset  
Enable  
Capture  
Kill  
7-bit hardware address compare  
IRQ  
Timer / Counter /  
PWM 16-bit  
TC / Compare!  
Compare  
Wake from low power modes on address match  
Glitch filtering (active and alternate-active modes only)  
Data transfers follow the format shown in Figure 7-18. After the  
START condition (S), a slave address is sent. This address is 7  
bits long followed by an eighth bit which is a data direction bit  
(R/W) - a 'zero' indicates a transmission (WRITE), a 'one'  
indicates a request for data (READ). A data transfer is always  
terminated by a STOP condition (P) generated by the master.  
However, if a master still wishes to communicate on the bus, it  
can generate a repeated START condition (Sr) and address  
another slave without first generating a STOP condition. Various  
combinations of read/write formats are then possible within such  
a transfer.  
2
7.8 I C  
2
The I C peripheral provides a synchronous two wire interface  
2
designed to interface the PSoC device with a two wire I C serial  
communication bus. It is compatible  
Fast-mode, and Fast-mode Plus devices as defined in the NXP  
I2C-bus specification and user manual (UM10204). The I2C bus  
I/O may be implemented with GPIO or SIO in open-drain modes.  
[12]  
2
with I C Standard-mode,  
2
Additional I C interfaces can be instantiated using Universal  
Digital Blocks (UDBs) in PSoC Creator, as required.  
To eliminate the need for excessive CPU intervention and  
overhead, I C specific support is provided for status detection  
2
Figure 7-18. I2C Complete Transfer Timing  
SDA  
SCL  
8
9
1 - 7  
8
9
1 - 7  
8
9
1 - 7  
START  
Condition  
STOP  
Condition  
ADDRESS  
R/W  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
Note  
12. The I2C peripheral is non-compliant with the NXP I2C specification in the following areas: analog glitch filter, I/O VOL/IOL, I/O hysteresis. The I2C Block has a digital  
glitch filter (not available in sleep mode). The Fast-mode minimum fall-time specification can be met by setting the I/Os to slow speed mode. See the I/O Electrical  
Specifications in “Inputs and Outputs” section on page 69 for details.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 45 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
7.9 Digital Filter Block  
8. Analog Subsystem  
Some devices in the CY8C58LP family of devices have a  
dedicated HW accelerator block used for digital filtering. The  
DFB has a dedicated multiplier and accumulator that calculates  
a 24-bit by 24-bit multiply accumulate in one system clock cycle.  
This enables the mapping of a direct form FIR filter that  
approaches a computation rate of one FIR tap for each clock  
cycle. The MCU can implement any of the functions performed  
by this block, but at a slower rate that consumes significant MCU  
bandwidth.  
The analog programmable system creates application specific  
combinations of both standard and advanced analog signal  
processing blocks. These blocks are then interconnected to  
each other and also to any pin on the device, providing a high  
level of design flexibility and IP security. The features of the  
analog subsystem are outlined here to provide an overview of  
capabilities and architecture.  
Flexible, configurable analog routing architecture provided by  
analog globals, analog mux bus, and analog local buses  
The PSoC Creator interface provides a wizard to implement FIR  
and IIR digital filters with coefficients for LPF, BPF, HPF, Notch  
and arbitrary shape filters. 64 pairs of data and coefficients are  
stored. This enables a 64 tap FIR filter or up to 4 16 tap filters of  
either FIR or IIR formulation.  
High resolution Delta-Sigma ADC  
Two successive approximation (SAR) ADCs  
Four 8-bit DACs that provide either voltage or current output  
Figure 7-19. DFB Application Diagram (pwr/gnd not shown)  
Fourcomparatorswithoptional connectiontoconfigurableLUT  
outputs  
BUSCLK  
read_data  
write_data  
Data  
Source  
(PHUB)  
Four configurable switched capacitor/continuos time (SC/CT)  
blocks for functions that include opamp, unity gain buffer,  
programmable gain amplifier, transimpedance amplifier, and  
mixer  
System  
Bus  
addr  
Digital  
Routing  
Digital Filter  
Block  
Four opamps for internal use and connection to GPIO that can  
be used as high current output buffers  
Data  
Dest  
(PHUB)  
CapSense subsystem to enable capacitive touch sensing  
DMA  
Request  
Precision reference for generating an accurate analog voltage  
DMA  
CTRL  
for internal analog blocks  
The typical use model is for data to be supplied to the DFB over  
the system bus from another on-chip system data source such  
as an ADC. The data typically passes through main memory or  
is directly transferred from another chip resource through DMA.  
The DFB processes this data and passes the result to another  
on chip resource such as a DAC or main memory through DMA  
on the system bus.  
Data movement in or out of the DFB is typically controlled by the  
system DMA controller but can be moved directly by the MCU.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 46 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 8-1. Analog Subsystem Block Diagram  
SAR  
ADC  
SAR  
ADC  
DAC  
DAC  
DAC  
DAC  
A
N
A
L
O
G
A
N
A
L
O
G
Precision  
Reference  
SC/CT Block  
SC/CT Block  
SC/CT Block  
R
O
U
T
I
R
O
U
T
I
GPIO  
Port  
GPIO  
Port  
SC/CT Block  
N
G
N
G
Comparators  
CMP CMP  
CMP  
CMP  
CapSense Subsystem  
Config&  
Status  
Registers  
Analog  
Interface  
PHUB  
CPU  
DSI  
Array  
Clock  
Distribution  
Decimator  
The PSoC Creator software program provides a user friendly interface to configure the analog connections between the GPIO and  
various analog resources and also connections from one analog resource to another. PSoC Creator also provides component libraries  
that allow you to configure the various analog blocks to perform application specific functions (PGA, transimpedance amplifier, voltage  
DAC, current DAC, and so on). The tool also generates API interface libraries that allow you to write firmware that allows the  
communication between the analog peripheral and CPU/Memory.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 47 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
8.1.2 Functional Description  
8.1 Analog Routing  
Analog globals (AGs) and analog mux buses (AMUXBUS)  
provide analog connectivity between GPIOs and the various  
analog blocks. There are 16 AGs in the PSoC 5LP family. The  
analog routing architecture is divided into four quadrants as  
shown in Figure 8-2. Each quadrant has four analog globals  
(AGL[0..3], AGL[4..7], AGR[0..3], AGR[4..7]). Each GPIO is  
connected to the corresponding AG through an analog switch.  
The analog mux bus is a shared routing resource that connects  
to every GPIO through an analog switch. There are two  
AMUXBUS routes in PSoC 5LP, one in the left half (AMUXBUSL)  
and one in the right half (AMUXBUSR), as shown in Figure 8-2.  
The PSoC 5LP family of devices has a flexible analog routing  
architecture that provides the capability to connect GPIOs and  
different analog blocks, and also route signals between different  
analog blocks. One of the strong points of this flexible routing  
architecture is that it allows dynamic routing of input and output  
connections to the different analog blocks.  
For information on how to make pin selections for optimal analog  
routing, refer to the application note, AN58304 - PSoC® 3 and  
®
PSoC 5 - Pin Selection for Analog Designs.  
8.1.1 Features  
Analog local buses (abus) are routing resources located within  
the analog subsystem and are used to route signals between  
different analog blocks. There are eight abus routes in PSoC  
5LP, four in the left half (abusl [0:3]) and four in the right half  
(abusr [0:3]) as shown in Figure 8-2. Using the abus saves the  
analog globals and analog mux buses from being used for  
interconnecting the analog blocks.  
Flexible, configurable analog routing architecture  
16 analog globals (AG) and two analog mux buses  
(AMUXBUS) to connect GPIOs and the analog blocks  
Each GPIO is connected to one analog global and one analog  
mux bus  
Eight analog local buses (abus) to route signals between the  
different analog blocks  
Multiplexers and switches exist on the various buses to direct  
signals into and out of the analog blocks. A multiplexer can have  
only one connection on at a time, whereas a switch can have  
multiple connections on simultaneously. In Figure 8-2,  
multiplexers are indicated by grayed ovals and switches are  
indicated by transparent ovals.  
Multiplexers and switches for input and output selection of the  
analog blocks  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 48 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 8-2. CY8C58LP Analog Interconnect  
*
*
*
*
*
swinp  
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
swinn  
*
*
AMUXBUSR  
AMUXBUSL  
AGL[4]  
AGR[4]  
AGR[5]  
AGR[6]  
AGR[7]  
AGL[5]  
AGL[6]  
AGL[7]  
ExVrefL  
ExVrefL1  
ExVrefL2  
swinp  
swinn  
GPIO  
P3[5]  
GPIO  
P3[4]  
GPIO  
P3[3]  
GPIO  
P3[2]  
GPIO  
P3[1]  
GPIO  
P3[0]  
GPXT  
opamp1  
swfol  
opamp3  
swfol  
opamp0  
swfol  
opamp2  
swfol  
swinp  
swinn  
0123  
3210  
01234567  
76543210  
GPIO  
P0[4]  
GPIO  
P0[5]  
GPIO  
P0[6]  
GPIO  
swinp  
swinn  
swout  
swout  
LPF  
in0  
in1  
abuf_vref_int  
(1.024V)  
abuf_vref_int  
(1.024V)  
i0  
i2  
*
ExVrefR  
out0  
out1  
swin  
swin  
comp0  
comp1  
+
-
+
-
*
P0[7]  
i3  
i1  
COMPARATOR  
cmp0_vref  
(1.024V)  
cmp0_vref  
(1.024V)  
+
-
+
-
GPIO  
P4[2]  
GPIO  
P4[3]  
GPIO  
cmp_muxvn[1:0]  
vref_cmp1  
(0.256V)  
comp2  
comp3  
cmp1_vref  
*
bg_vda_res_en  
Vdda  
P15[1]  
GPXT  
P15[0]  
bg_vda_swabusl0  
Vdda/2  
refbuf_vref1 (1.024V)  
out  
ref  
in  
out  
ref  
in  
CAPSENSE  
refbufl  
refbuf_vref1 (1.024V)  
refbuf_vref2 (1.2V)  
*
refbuf_vref2 (1.2V)  
refbufr  
refsel[1:0]  
refsel[1:0]  
P4[4]  
GPIO  
P4[5]  
GPIO  
P4[6]  
GPIO  
P4[7]  
vssa  
Vssa  
sc0  
Vin  
Vref  
out  
sc1  
Vin  
Vref  
sc1_bgref  
(1.024V)  
sc0_bgref  
(1.024V)  
*
out  
sc2_bgref  
(1.024V)  
sc3_bgref  
(1.024V)  
Vccd  
SC/CT  
Vin  
Vref  
out  
sc2  
Vin  
Vref  
out  
sc3  
*
Vssd  
*
*
Vccd  
Vddd  
*
Vssd  
ABUSL0  
ABUSL1  
ABUSL2  
ABUSL3  
ABUSR0  
ABUSR1  
ABUSR2  
ABUSR3  
*
Vddd  
GPIO  
P6[0]  
GPIO  
P6[1]  
GPIO  
P6[2]  
GPIO  
P6[3]  
GPIO  
P15[4]  
GPIO  
P15[5]  
GPIO  
P2[0]  
GPIO  
v0  
i0  
v1  
DAC1  
i1  
USB IO  
DAC0  
*
P15[7]  
VIDAC  
USB IO  
v2  
i2  
v3  
DAC3  
i3  
*
DAC2  
P15[6]  
GPIO  
dac_vref (0.256V)  
vcmsel[1:0]  
P5[7]  
GPIO  
P5[6]  
GPIO  
P5[5]  
GPIO  
P5[4]  
SIO  
P12[7]  
SIO  
P12[6]  
GPIO  
+
DSM0  
DSM  
refs  
vssd  
-
vssa  
dsm0_vcm_vref1 (0.8V)  
dsm0_vcm_vref2 (0.7V)  
vcm  
qtz_ref  
vref_vss_ext  
dsm0_qtz_vref2 (1.2V)  
dsm0_qtz_vref1 (1.024V)  
Vdda/3  
Vdda/4  
ExVrefL  
ExVrefR  
refmux[2:0]  
Vp (+)  
Vn (-)  
(+) Vp  
SAR1  
(-) Vn  
Vrefhi_out  
SAR0  
Vrefhi_out  
refs  
SAR_vref1 (1.024V)  
SAR_vref2 (1.2V)  
SAR_vref1 (1.024V)  
SAR_vref2 (1.2V)  
SAR ADC refs  
P2[1]  
GPIO  
P2[2]  
GPIO  
Vdda  
Vdda/2  
Vdda  
Vdda/2  
*
P1[7]  
GPIO  
ExVrefL1  
ExVrefL2  
en_resvda  
en_resvda  
refmux[2:0]  
refmux[2:0]  
AMUXBUSL  
AMUXBUSR  
76543210  
0123  
ANALOG  
BUS  
*
P1[6]  
01234567  
3210  
ANALOG  
ANALOG ANALOG  
*
P2[3]  
GPIO  
P2[4]  
GLOBALS  
BUS  
GLOBALS  
*
VBE  
TS  
ADC  
*
:
Vss ref  
Vddio2  
LPF  
AGL[3]  
AGL[2]  
AGR[3]  
AGR[2]  
AGR[1]  
AGL[1]  
AGL[0]  
AGR[0]  
AMUXBUSR  
AMUXBUSL  
*
*
*
*
*
Mux Group  
Switch Group  
*
*
*
Connection  
*
*
*
*
*
Switch Resistance  
Notes:  
Small ( ~870 Ohms )  
Large ( ~200 Ohms)  
* Denotes pins on all packages  
LCD signals are not shown.  
Rev #60  
10-Feb-2012  
To preserve detail of this figure, this figure is best viewed with a PDF display program or printed on a 11” × 17” paper.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 49 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 8-4. Delta-sigma ADC Block Diagram  
8.2 Delta-sigma ADC  
The CY8C58LP device contains one delta-sigma ADC. This  
ADC offers differential input, high resolution and excellent  
linearity, making it a good ADC choice for both audio signal  
processing and measurement applications. The converter's  
nominal operation is 16 bits at 48 ksps. The ADC can be  
configured to output 20-bit resolution at data rates of up to 187  
sps. At a fixed clock rate, resolution can be traded for faster data  
rates as shown in Table 8-1 and Figure 8-3.  
Positive  
Input Mux  
Delta  
Sigma  
Modulator  
Input  
Buffer  
12 to 20 Bit  
Result  
Decimator  
SOC  
(Analog Routing)  
Negative  
Input Mux  
EOC  
Table 8-1. Delta-sigma ADC Performance  
MaximumSampleRate  
Resolution and sample rate are controlled by the Decimator.  
Data is pipelined in the decimator; the output is a function of the  
last four samples. When the input multiplexer is switched, the  
output data is not valid until after the fourth sample after the  
switch.  
Bits  
SINAD (dB)  
(sps)  
20  
16  
12  
8
187  
48 k  
84  
66  
43  
8.2.2 Operational Modes  
192 k  
384 k  
The ADC can be configured by the user to operate in one of four  
modes: Single Sample, Multi Sample, Continuous, or Multi  
Sample (Turbo). All four modes are started by either a write to  
the start bit in a control register or an assertion of the Start of  
Conversion (SoC) signal. When the conversion is complete, a  
status bit is set and the output signal End of Conversion (EoC)  
asserts high and remains high until the value is read by either the  
DMA controller or the CPU.  
Figure 8-3. Delta-sigma ADC Sample Rates, Range = ±1.024 V  
1000000  
100000  
10000  
1000  
100  
8.2.2.1 Single Sample  
In Single Sample mode, the ADC performs one sample  
conversion on a trigger. In this mode, the ADC stays in standby  
state waiting for the SoC signal to be asserted. When SoC is  
signaled the ADC performs four successive conversions. The  
first three conversions prime the decimator. The ADC result is  
valid and available after the fourth conversion, at which time the  
EoC signal is generated. To detect the end of conversion, the  
system may poll a control register for status or configure the  
external EoC signal to generate an interrupt or invoke a DMA  
request. When the transfer is done the ADC reenters the standby  
state where it stays until another SoC event.  
10  
1
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
Resolution, bits  
Continuous  
Multi-Sample  
Multi-SampleTurbo  
8.2.2.2 Continuous  
Continuous sample mode is used to take multiple successive  
samples of a single input signal. Multiplexing multiple inputs  
should not be done with this mode. There is a latency of three  
conversion times before the first conversion result is available.  
This is the time required to prime the decimator. After the first  
result, successive conversions are available at the selected  
sample rate.  
8.2.1 Functional Description  
The ADC connects and configures three basic components,  
input buffer, delta-sigma modulator, and decimator. The basic  
block diagram is shown in Figure 8-4. The signal from the input  
muxes is delivered to the delta-sigma modulator either directly or  
through the input buffer. The delta-sigma modulator performs the  
actual analog to digital conversion. The modulator over-samples  
the input and generates a serial data stream output. This high  
speed data stream is not useful for most applications without  
some type of post processing, and so is passed to the decimator  
through the Analog Interface block. The decimator converts the  
high speed serial data stream into parallel ADC results. The  
8.2.2.3 Multi Sample  
Multi sample mode is similar to continuous mode except that the  
ADC is reset between samples. This mode is useful when the  
input is switched between multiple signals. The decimator is  
re-primed between each sample so that previous samples do not  
affect the current conversion. Upon completion of a sample, the  
next sample is automatically initiated. The results can be  
transferred using either firmware polling, interrupt, or DMA.  
4
modulator/decimator frequency response is [(sin x)/x] .  
8.2.2.4 Multi Sample (Turbo)  
The multi sample (turbo) mode operates identical to the  
Multi-sample mode for resolutions of 8 to 16 bits. For resolutions  
of 17 to 20 bits, the performance is about four times faster than  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 50 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
the multi sample mode, because the ADC is only reset once at  
the end of conversion.  
The input is connected to the analog globals and muxes. The  
frequency of the clock is 18 times the sample rate; the clock rate  
ranges from 1 to 18 MHz.  
More information on output formats is provided in the Technical  
Reference Manual.  
8.3.2 Conversion Signals  
8.2.3 Start of Conversion Input  
Writing a start bit or assertion of a start of frame (SOF) signal is  
used to start a conversion. SOF can be used in applications  
where the sampling period is longer than the conversion time, or  
when the ADC needs to be synchronized to other hardware. This  
signal is optional and does not need to be connected if the SAR  
ADC is running in a continuous mode. A digital clock or UDB  
output can be used to drive this input. When the SAR is first  
powered up or awakened from any of the sleeping modes, there  
is a power up wait time of 10 µs before it is ready to start the first  
conversion.  
The SoC signal is used to start an ADC conversion. A digital  
clock or UDB output can be used to drive this input. It can be  
used when the sampling period must be longer than the ADC  
conversion time or when the ADC must be synchronized to other  
hardware. This signal is optional and does not need to be  
connected if ADC is running in a continuous mode.  
8.2.4 End of Conversion Output  
The EoC signal goes high at the end of each ADC conversion.  
This signal may be used to trigger either an interrupt or DMA  
request.  
When the conversion is complete, a status bit is set and the  
output signal end of frame (EOF) asserts and remains asserted  
until the value is read by either the DMA controller or the CPU.  
The EOF signal may be used to trigger an interrupt or a DMA  
request.  
8.3 Successive Approximation ADC  
The CY8C58LP family of devices has two Successive  
Approximation (SAR) ADCs. These ADCs are 12-bit at up to 1  
Msps, with single-ended or differential inputs, making them  
useful for a wide variety of sampling and control applications.  
8.3.3 Operational Modes  
A ONE_SHOT control bit is used to set the SAR ADC conversion  
mode to either continuous or one conversion per SOF signal.  
DMA transfer of continuous samples, without CPU intervention,  
is supported.  
8.3.1 Functional Description  
In a SAR ADC an analog input signal is sampled and compared  
with the output of a DAC. A binary search algorithm is applied to  
the DAC and used to determine the output bits in succession  
from MSB to LSB. A block diagram of one SAR ADC is shown in  
Figure 8-5.  
8.4 Comparators  
The CY8C58LP family of devices contains four comparators.  
Comparators have these features:  
Input offset factory trimmed to less than 5 mV  
Figure 8-5. SAR ADC Block Diagram  
Rail-to-rail common mode input range (V  
to V  
)
SSA  
DDA  
vin  
S/H  
DAC  
array  
SAR  
digital  
Speed and power can be traded off by using one of three  
modes: fast, slow, or ultra low power  
comparator  
D0:D11  
vrefp  
vrefn  
Comparator outputs can be routed to look up tables to perform  
simple logic functions and then can also be routed to digital  
blocks  
autozero  
reset  
clock  
The positive input ofthe comparators may be optionally passed  
through a low pass filter. Two filters are provided  
clock  
power  
filtering  
POWER  
GROUND  
vrefp  
vrefn  
Comparator inputs can be connections to GPIO, DAC outputs  
and SC block outputs  
8.4.1 Input and Output Interface  
The positive and negative inputs to the comparators come from the analog global buses, the analog mux line, the analog local bus  
and precision reference through multiplexers. The output from each comparator could be routed to any of the two input LUTs. The  
output of that LUT is routed to the UDB DSI.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 51 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 8-6. Analog Comparator  
ANAIF  
From  
Analog  
Routing  
+
comp0  
+
_
From  
Analog  
Routing  
_
comp1  
From  
Analog  
Routing  
+
comp3  
_
+
From  
Analog  
Routing  
comp2  
_
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
LUT0  
LUT1  
LUT2  
LUT3  
UDBs  
8.4.2 LUT  
Table 8-2. LUT Function vs. Program Word and Inputs  
The CY8C58LP family of devices contains four LUTs. The LUT  
is a two input, one output lookup table that is driven by any one  
or two of the comparators in the chip. The output of any LUT is  
routed to the digital system interface of the UDB array. From the  
digital system interface of the UDB array, these signals can be  
connected to UDBs, DMA controller, I/O, or the interrupt  
controller.  
Control Word  
0000b  
0001b  
0010b  
0011b  
0100b  
0101b  
0110b  
0111b  
Output (A and B are LUT inputs)  
FALSE (‘0’)  
A AND B  
A AND (NOT B)  
A
(NOT A) AND B  
B
The LUT control word written to a register sets the logic function  
on the output. The available LUT functions and the associated  
control word is shown in Table 8-2.  
A XOR B  
A OR B  
1000b  
1001b  
1010b  
1011b  
1100b  
1101b  
1110b  
A NOR B  
A XNOR B  
NOT B  
A OR (NOT B)  
NOT A  
(NOT A) OR B  
A NAND B  
TRUE (‘1’)  
1111b  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 52 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
8.5 Opamps  
8.6 Programmable SC/CT Blocks  
The CY8C58LP family of devices contain four general purpose  
opamps.  
The CY8C58LP family of devices contains four switched  
capacitor/continuous time (SC/CT) blocks. Each switched  
capacitor/continuous time block is built around a single rail-to-rail  
high bandwidth opamp.  
Figure 8-7. Opamp  
Switched capacitor is a circuit design technique that uses  
capacitors plus switches instead of resistors to create analog  
functions. These circuits work by moving charge between  
capacitors by opening and closing different switches.  
Nonoverlapping in phase clock signals control the switches, so  
that not all switches are ON simultaneously.  
GPIO  
Analog  
Global Bus  
Opamp  
Analog  
Global Bus  
GPIO  
VREF  
Analog  
Internal Bus  
The PSoC Creator tool offers a user friendly interface, which  
allows you to easily program the SC/CT blocks. Switch control  
and clock phase control configuration is done by PSoC Creator  
so users only need to determine the application use parameters  
=
Analog Switch  
GPIO  
such as gain, amplifier polarity, V  
connection, and so on.  
REF  
The opamp is uncommitted and can be configured as a gain  
stage or voltage follower on external or internal signals.  
The same opamps and block interfaces are also connectable to  
an array of resistors which allows the construction of a variety of  
continuous time functions.  
See Figure 8-8. In any configuration, the input and output signals  
can all be connected to the internal global signals and monitored  
with an ADC, or comparator. The configurations are  
implemented with switches between the signals and GPIO pins.  
The opamp and resistor array is programmable to perform  
various analog functions including  
Naked Operational Amplifier - Continuous Mode  
Unity-Gain Buffer - Continuous Mode  
Figure 8-8. Opamp Configurations  
a) Voltage Follower  
Programmable Gain Amplifier (PGA) - Continuous Mode  
Transimpedance Amplifier (TIA) - Continuous Mode  
Up/Down Mixer - Continuous Mode  
Opamp  
Vout to Pin  
Vin  
Sample and Hold Mixer (NRZ S/H) - Switched Cap Mode  
First Order Analog to Digital Modulator - Switched Cap Mode  
b) External Uncommitted  
Opamp  
8.6.1 Naked Opamp  
The Naked Opamp presents both inputs and the output for  
connection to internal or external signals. The opamp has a unity  
gain bandwidth greater than 6.0 MHz and output drive current up  
to 650 µA. This is sufficient for buffering internal signals (such as  
DAC outputs) and driving external loads greater than 7.5 kohms.  
Vout to GPIO  
Opamp  
8.6.2 Unity Gain  
Vp to GPIO  
Vn to GPIO  
The Unity Gain buffer is a Naked Opamp with the output directly  
connected to the inverting input for a gain of 1.00. It has a -3 dB  
bandwidth greater than 6.0 MHz.  
c) Internal Uncommitted  
Opamp  
8.6.3 PGA  
The PGA amplifies an external or internal signal. The PGA can  
be configured to operate in inverting mode or noninverting mode.  
The PGA function may be configured for both positive and  
negative gains as high as 50 and 49 respectively. The gain is  
adjusted by changing the values of R1 and R2 as illustrated in  
Figure 8-9. The schematic in Figure 8-9 shows the configuration  
and possible resistor settings for the PGA. The gain is switched  
from inverting and non inverting by changing the shared select  
value of the both the input muxes. The bandwidth for each gain  
case is listed in Table 8-3.  
Vn  
To Internal Signals  
Vout to Pin  
GPIO Pin  
Opamp  
Vp  
The opamp has three speed modes, slow, medium, and fast. The  
slow mode consumes the least amount of quiescent power and  
the fast mode consumes the most power. The inputs are able to  
swing rail-to-rail. The output swing is capable of rail-to-rail  
operation at low current output, within 50 mV of the rails. When  
driving high current loads (about 25 mA) the output voltage may  
only get within 500 mV of the rails.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 53 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
The TIA configuration is used for applications where an external  
sensor's output is current as a function of some type of stimulus  
such as temperature, light, magnetic flux etc. In a common  
application, the voltage DAC output can be connected to the  
Table 8-3. Bandwidth  
Gain  
1
Bandwidth  
6.0 MHz  
340 kHz  
220 kHz  
215 kHz  
V
TIA input to allow calibration of the external sensor bias  
REF  
24  
48  
50  
current by adjusting the voltage DAC output voltage.  
8.7 LCD Direct Drive  
The PSoC Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) driver system is a highly  
configurable peripheral designed to allow PSoC to directly drive  
a broad range of LCD glass. All voltages are generated on chip,  
eliminating the need for external components. With a high  
multiplex ratio of up to 1/16, the CY8C58LP family LCD driver  
system can drive a maximum of 736 segments. The PSoC LCD  
driver module was also designed with the conservative power  
budget of portable devices in mind, enabling different LCD drive  
modes and power down modes to conserve power.  
Figure 8-9. PGA Resistor Settings  
R1  
R2  
Vin  
0
1
Vref  
20 k or 40 k  
20 k to 980 k  
S
Vref  
Vin  
0
1
PSoC Creator provides an LCD segment drive component. The  
component wizard provides easy and flexible configuration of  
LCD resources. You can specify pins for segments and  
commons along with other options. The software configures the  
device to meet the required specifications. This is possible  
because of the programmability inherent to PSoC devices.  
The PGA is used in applications where the input signal may not  
be large enough to achieve the desired resolution in the ADC, or  
dynamic range of another SC/CT block such as a mixer. The gain  
is adjustable at runtime, including changing the gain of the PGA  
prior to each ADC sample.  
Key features of the PSoC LCD segment system are:  
LCD panel direct driving  
Type A (standard) and Type B (low power) waveform support  
8.6.4 TIA  
Wide operating voltage range support (2 V to 5 V) for LCD  
panels  
Static, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5 bias voltage levels  
The Transimpedance Amplifier (TIA) converts an internal or  
external current to an output voltage. The TIA uses an internal  
feedback resistor in a continuous time configuration to convert  
input current to output voltage.For an input current I , the output  
Internal biasvoltage generation through internal resistor ladder  
Up to 62 total common and segment outputs  
Up to 1/16 multiplex for a maximum of 16 backplane/common  
in  
voltage is V  
- I x R , where V  
is the value placed on the  
REF in  
fb  
REF  
non inverting input. The feedback resistor Rfb is programmable  
between 20 KΩ and 1 MΩ through a configuration register.  
Table 8-4 shows the possible values of Rfb and associated  
configuration settings.  
outputs  
Up to 62 front plane/segment outputs for direct drive  
Drives up to 736 total segments (16 backplane x 46 front plane)  
Up to 64 levels of software controlled contrast  
Table 8-4. Feedback Resistor Settings  
Configuration Word  
Nominal R (KΩ)  
Ability to move display data from memory buffer to LCD driver  
fb  
through DMA (without CPU intervention)  
Adjustable LCD refresh rate from 10 Hz to 150 Hz  
Ability to invert LCD display for negative image  
000b  
001b  
010b  
011b  
100b  
101b  
110b  
111b  
20  
30  
40  
Three LCD driver drive modes, allowing power optimization  
60  
120  
250  
500  
1000  
Figure 8-11. LCD System  
LCD  
Global  
DAC  
Clock  
UDB  
Figure 8-10. Continuous Time TIA Schematic  
PIN  
LCD Driver  
Block  
R
fb  
Display  
DMA  
RAM  
I
in  
V
out  
V
ref  
PHUB  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 54 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
8.7.1 LCD Segment Pin Driver  
uses a configuration of system resources, including a few  
hardware functions primarily targeted for CapSense. Specific  
resource usage is detailed in the CapSense component in PSoC  
Creator.  
Each GPIO pin contains an LCD driver circuit. The LCD driver  
buffers the appropriate output of the LCD DAC to directly drive  
the glass of the LCD. A register setting determines whether the  
pin is a common or segment. The pin’s LCD driver then selects  
one of the six bias voltages to drive the I/O pin, as appropriate  
for the display data.  
A capacitive sensing method using a Delta-Sigma Modulator  
(CSD) is used. It provides capacitance sensing using a switched  
capacitor technique with a delta-sigma modulator to convert the  
sensing current to a digital code.  
8.7.2 Display Data Flow  
8.9 Temp Sensor  
The LCD segment driver system reads display data and  
generates the proper output voltages to the LCD glass to  
produce the desired image. Display data resides in a memory  
buffer in the system SRAM. Each time you need to change the  
common and segment driver voltages, the next set of pixel data  
moves from the memory buffer into the Port Data Registers via  
DMA.  
Die temperature is used to establish programming parameters  
for writing flash. Die temperature is measured using a dedicated  
sensor based on a forward biased transistor. The temperature  
sensor has its own auxiliary ADC.  
8.10 DAC  
The CY8C58LP parts contain four Digital to Analog Convertors  
(DACs). Each DAC is 8-bit and can be configured for either  
voltage or current output. The DACs support CapSense, power  
supply regulation, and waveform generation. Each DAC has the  
following features.  
8.7.3 UDB and LCD Segment Control  
A UDB is configured to generate the global LCD control signals  
and clocking. This set of signals is routed to each LCD pin driver  
through a set of dedicated LCD global routing channels. In  
addition to generating the global LCD control signals, the UDB  
also produces a DMA request to initiate the transfer of the next  
frame of LCD data.  
Adjustable voltage or current output in 255 steps  
Programmable step size (range selection)  
Eight bits of calibration to correct ± 25% of gain error  
Source and sink option for current output  
8 Msps conversion rate for current output  
1 Msps conversion rate for voltage output  
Monotonic in nature  
8.7.4 LCD DAC  
The LCD DAC generates the contrast control and bias voltage  
for the LCD system. The LCD DAC produces up to five LCD drive  
voltages plus ground, based on the selected bias ratio. The bias  
voltages are driven out to GPIO pins on a dedicated LCD bias  
bus, as required.  
8.8 CapSense  
Data and strobe inputs can be provided by the CPU or DMA,  
or routed directly from the DSI  
The CapSense system provides a versatile and efficient means  
for measuring capacitance in applications such as touch sense  
buttons, sliders, proximity detection, etc. The CapSense system  
Dedicated low-resistance output pin for high-current mode  
Figure 8-12. DAC Block Diagram  
I source Range  
1x,8x, 64x  
Vout  
Reference  
Source  
Scaler  
Iout  
R
3R  
I sink Range  
1x,8x, 64x  
8.10.1 Current DAC  
8.10.2 Voltage DAC  
The current DAC (IDAC) can be configured for the ranges 0 to  
31.875 µA, 0 to 255 µA, and 0 to 2.04 mA. The IDAC can be  
configured to source or sink current.  
For the voltage DAC (VDAC), the current DAC output is routed  
through resistors. The two ranges available for the VDAC are 0  
to 1.02 V and 0 to 4.08 V. In voltage mode any load connected  
to the output of a DAC should be purely capacitive (the output of  
the VDAC is not buffered).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 55 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 8-14. Sample and Hold Topology  
(Φ1 and Φ2 are opposite phases of a clock)  
8.11 Up/Down Mixer  
In continuous time mode, the SC/CT block components are used  
to build an up or down mixer. Any mixing application contains an  
input signal frequency and a local oscillator frequency. The  
polarity of the clock, Fclk, switches the amplifier between  
inverting or noninverting gain. The output is the product of the  
input and the switching function from the local oscillator, with  
frequency components at the local oscillator plus and minus the  
signal frequency (Fclk + Fin and Fclk - Fin) and reduced-level  
frequency components at odd integer multiples of the local  
oscillator frequency. The local oscillator frequency is provided by  
the selected clock source for the mixer.  
Φ1  
Φ1  
C1  
C2  
V i  
Vref  
n
V out  
Φ 1  
Φ2  
Φ2  
Φ 2  
Φ1  
Φ2  
Φ1  
Φ2  
Φ 1  
Φ2  
V ref  
V
ref  
C3  
C4  
Continuous time up and down mixing works for applications with  
input signals and local oscillator frequencies up to 1 MHz.  
8.12.1 Down Mixer  
Figure 8-13. Mixer Configuration  
The S+H can be used as a mixer to down convert an input signal.  
This circuit is a high bandwidth passive sample network that can  
sample input signals up to 14 MHz. This sampled value is then  
held using the opamp with a maximum clock rate of 4 MHz. The  
output frequency is at the difference between the input frequency  
and the highest integer multiple of the Local Oscillator that is less  
than the input.  
C2 = 1.7 pF  
C1 = 850 fF  
R
mix 0 20 k or 40 k  
8.12.2 First Order Modulator - SC Mode  
sc_clk  
Rmix 0 20 k or 40 k  
Vin  
A first order modulator is constructed by placing the switched  
capacitor block in an integrator mode and using a comparator to  
provide a 1-bit feedback to the input. Depending on this bit, a  
reference voltage is either subtracted or added to the input  
signal. The block output is the output of the comparator and not  
the integrator in the modulator case. The signal is downshifted  
and buffered and then processed by a decimator to make a  
delta-sigma converter or a counter to make an incremental  
converter. The accuracy of the sampled data from the first-order  
modulator is determined from several factors. The main  
application for this modulator is for a low frequency ADC with  
high accuracy. Applications include strain gauges,  
thermocouples, precision voltage, and current measurement.  
Vout  
0
1
Vref  
sc_clk  
8.12 Sample and Hold  
The main application for a sample and hold, is to hold a value  
stable while an ADC is performing a conversion. Some  
applications require multiple signals to be sampled  
simultaneously, such as for power calculations (V and I). PSoC  
Creator offers a sample and hold component to support this  
function.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 56 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
MiniProg3 programmer and debugger is designed to provide full  
programming and debug support of PSoC devices in conjunction  
with the PSoC Creator IDE. PSoC JTAG, SWD, and SWV  
interfaces are fully compatible with industry standard third party  
tools.  
9. Programming, Debug Interfaces,  
Resources  
The Cortex-M3 has internal debugging components, tightly  
integrated with the CPU, providing the following features:  
All Cortex-M3 debug and trace modules are disabled by default  
and can only be enabled in firmware. If not enabled, the only way  
to reenable them is to erase the entire device, clear flash  
protection, and reprogram the device with new firmware that  
enables them. Disabling debug and trace features, robust flash  
protection, and hiding custom analog and digital functionality  
inside the PSoC device provide a level of security not possible  
with multichip application solutions. Additionally, all device  
interfaces can be permanently disabled (Device Security) for  
applications concerned about phishing attacks due to a  
maliciously reprogrammed device. Permanently disabling  
interfaces is not recommended in most applications because the  
designer then cannot access the device later. Because all  
programming, debug, and test interfaces are disabled when  
Device Security is enabled, PSoCs with Device Security enabled  
may not be returned for failure analysis.  
JTAG or SWD access  
Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) block for implementing  
breakpoints and code patches  
Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) block for implementing  
watchpoints, trigger resources, and system profiling  
Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) for instruction trace  
InstrumentationTraceMacrocell(ITM)forsupportofprintf-style  
debugging  
PSoC devices include extensive support for programming,  
testing, debugging, and tracing both hardware and firmware.  
Four interfaces are available: JTAG, SWD, SWV, and  
TRACEPORT. JTAG and SWD support all programming and  
debug features of the device. JTAG also supports standard JTAG  
scan chains for board level test and chaining multiple JTAG  
devices to  
a single JTAG connection. The SWV and  
TRACEPORT provide trace output from the DWT, ETM, and  
ITM. TRACEPORT is faster but uses more pins. SWV is slower  
but uses only one pin.  
For more information on PSoC 5 programming, refer to the  
application note PSoC 5 Device Programming Specifications.  
Cortex-M3 debug and trace functionality enables full device  
debugging in the final system using the standard production  
device. It does not require special interfaces, debugging pods,  
simulators, or emulators. Only the standard programming  
connections are required to fully support debug.  
The PSoC Creator IDE software provides fully integrated  
programming and debug support for PSoC devices. The low cost  
9.1 JTAG Interface  
The IEEE 1149.1 compliant JTAG interface exists on four or five  
pins (the nTRST pin is optional). The JTAG clock frequency can  
be up to 12 MHz, or 1/3 of the CPU clock frequency for 8 and  
16-bit transfers, or 1/5 of the CPU clock frequency for 32-bit  
transfers, whichever is least. By default, the JTAG pins are  
enabled on new devices but the JTAG interface can be disabled,  
allowing these pins to be used as General Purpose I/O (GPIO)  
instead. The JTAG interface is used for programming the flash  
memory, debugging, I/O scan chains, and JTAG device chaining.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 57 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 9-1. JTAG Interface Connections between PSoC 5LP and Programmer  
VDD  
Host Programmer  
PSoC 5  
1, 2, 3, 4  
VDD  
VDDD, VDDA, VDDIO0, VDDIO1, VDDIO2, VDDIO3  
TCK (P1[1]  
TCK  
5
5
TMS  
TMS (P1[0])  
TDO  
TDI  
TDI (P1[4])  
TDO (P1[3])  
nTRST (P1[5]) 6  
nTRST 6  
XRES or P1[2] 4  
VSSD, VSSA  
XRES  
GND  
GND  
1 The voltage levels of Host Programmer and the PSoC 5 voltage domains involved in Programming should be same.  
The Port 1 JTAG pins, XRES pin (XRES_N or P1[2]) are powered by VDDIO1. So, VDDIO1 of PSoC 5 should be at same  
voltage level as host VDD. Rest of PSoC 5 voltage domains ( VDDD, VDDA, VDDIO0, VDDIO2, VDDIO3) need not be at the same  
voltage level as host Programmer.  
2
Vdda must be greater than or equal to all other power supplies (Vddd, Vddio’s) in PSoC 5.  
3
For Power cycle mode Programming, XRES pin is not required. But the Host programmer must have  
the capability to toggle power (Vddd, Vdda, All Vddio’s) to PSoC 5. This may typically require external  
interface circuitry to toggle power which will depend on the programming setup. The power supplies can  
be brought up in any sequence, however, once stable, VDDA must be greater than or equal to all other  
supplies.  
4
For JTAG Programming, Device reset can also be done without connecting to the XRES pin or Power cycle mode by  
using the TMS,TCK,TDI, TDO pins of PSoC 5, and writing to a specific register. But this requires that the DPS setting  
in NVL is not equal to “Debug Ports Disabled”.  
5
By default, PSoC 5 is configured for 4-wire JTAG mode unless user changes the DPS setting. So the TMS pin is  
unidirectional. But if the DPS setting is changed to non-JTAG mode, the TMS pin in JTAG is bi-directional as the SWD  
Protocol has to be used for acquiring the PSoC 5 device initially. After switching from SWD to JTAG mode, the TMS  
pin will be uni-directional. In such a case, unidirectional buffer should not be used on TMS line.  
6
nTRST JTAG pin (P1[5]) cannot be used to reset the JTAG TAP controlller during first time programming of PSoC 5  
as the default setting is 4-wire JTAG (nTRST disabled). Use the TMS, TCK pins to do a reset of JTAG TAP controller.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 58 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
SWD can be enabled on only one of the pin pairs at a time. This  
only happens if, within 8 µs (key window) after reset, that pin pair  
(JTAG or USB) receives a predetermined sequence of 1s and 0s.  
SWD is used for debugging or for programming the flash  
memory.  
9.2 SWD Interface  
The SWD interface is the preferred alternative to the JTAG  
interface. It requires only two pins instead of the four or five  
needed by JTAG. SWD provides all of the programming and  
debugging features of JTAG at the same speed. SWD does not  
provide access to scan chains or device chaining. The SWD  
clock frequency can be up to 1/3 of the CPU clock frequency.  
The SWD interface can be enabled from the JTAG interface or  
disabled, allowing its pins to be used as GPIO. Unlike JTAG, the  
SWD interface can always be reacquired on any device during  
the key window. It can then be used to reenable the JTAG  
interface, if desired. When using SWD or JTAG pins as standard  
GPIO, make sure that the GPIO functionality and PCB circuits do  
not interfere with SWD or JTAG use.  
SWD uses two pins, either two of the JTAG pins (TMS and TCK)  
or the USBIO D+ and D- pins. The USBIO pins are useful for in  
system programming of USB solutions that would otherwise  
require a separate programming connector. One pin is used for  
the data clock and the other is used for data input and output.  
Figure 9-2. SWD Interface Connections between PSoC 5LP and Programmer  
VDD  
Host Programmer  
PSoC 5  
1, 2, 3  
VDD  
VDDD, VDDA, VDDIO0, VDDIO1, VDDIO2, VDDIO3  
SWDCK  
SWDCK (P1[1] or P15[7])  
SWDIO (P1[0] or P15[6])  
SWDIO  
XRES  
3
XRES or P1[2]  
GND  
VSSD, VSSA  
GND  
1
The voltage levels of the Host Programmer and the PSoC 5 voltage domains involved in  
programming should be the same. XRES pin (XRES_N or P1[2]) is powered by VDDIO1. The USB SWD  
pins are powered by VDDD. So for Programming using the USB SWD pins with XRES pin, the VDDD, VDDIO1  
of PSoC 5 should be at the same voltage level as Host VDD. Rest of PSoC 5 voltage domains  
( VDDA, VDDIO0, VDDIO2, VDDIO3) need not be at the same voltage level as host Programmer. The Port 1 SWD  
pins are powered by VDDIO1. So VDDIO1 of PSoC 5 should be at same voltage level as host VDD for  
Port 1 SWD programming. Rest of PSoC 5 voltage domains ( VDDD, VDDA, VDDIO0, VDDIO2, VDDIO3) need not  
be at the same voltage level as host Programmer.  
2
Vdda must be greater than or equal to all other power supplies (Vddd, Vddio’s) in PSoC 5.  
3
For Power cycle mode Programming, XRES pin is not required. But the Host programmer must have  
the capability to toggle power (Vddd, Vdda, All Vddio’s) to PSoC 5. This may typically require  
external interface circuitry to toggle power which will depend on the programming setup. The power  
supplies can be brought up in any sequence, however, once stable, VDDA must be greater than or  
equal to all other supplies.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 59 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
9.3 Debug Features  
9.6 Programming Features  
The JTAG and SWD interfaces provide full programming  
support. The entire device can be erased, programmed, and  
verified. Designers can increase flash protection levels to protect  
firmware IP. Flash protection can only be reset after a full device  
erase. Individual flash blocks can be erased, programmed, and  
verified, if block security settings permit.  
The CY8C58LP supports the following debug features:  
Halt and single-step the CPU  
View and change CPU and peripheral registers, and RAM  
addresses  
Six program address breakpoints and two literal access  
breakpoints  
Data watchpoint events to CPU  
9.7 Device Security  
PSoC 5LP offers an advanced security feature called device  
security, which permanently disables all test, programming, and  
debug ports, protecting your application from external access.  
The device security is activated by programming a 32-bit key  
(0x50536F43) to a Write Once Latch (WOL).  
The WOL is a type of nonvolatile latch (NVL). The cell itself is an  
NVL with additional logic wrapped around it. Each WOL device  
contains four bytes (32 bits) of data. The wrapper outputs a ‘1’ if  
a super-majority (28 of 32) of its bits match a pre-determined  
pattern (0x50536F43); it outputs a ‘0’ if this majority is not  
reached. When the output is 1, the Write Once NV latch locks the  
part out of Debug and Test modes; it also permanently gates off  
the ability to erase or alter the contents of the latch. Matching all  
bits is intentionally not required, so that single (or few) bit failures  
do not deassert the WOL output. The state of the NVL bits after  
wafer processing is truly random with no tendency toward 1 or 0.  
The WOL only locks the part after the correct 32-bit key  
(0x50536F43) is loaded into the NVL's volatile memory,  
programmed into the NVL's nonvolatile cells, and the part is  
reset. The output of the WOL is only sampled on reset and used  
to disable the access. This precaution prevents anyone from  
reading, erasing, or altering the contents of the internal memory.  
The user can write the key into the WOL to lock out external  
access only if no flash protection is set (see “Flash Security”  
section on page 17). However, after setting the values in the  
WOL, a user still has access to the part until it is reset. Therefore,  
a user can write the key into the WOL, program the flash  
protection data, and then reset the part to lock it.  
Patch and remap instruction from flash to SRAM  
Debugging at the full speed of the CPU  
CompatiblewithPSoCCreatorandMiniProg3programmerand  
debugger  
Standard JTAG programming and debugging interfaces make  
CY8C58LP compatible with other popular third-party tools (for  
example, ARM / Keil)  
9.4 Trace Features  
The following trace features are supported:  
Instruction trace  
Data watchpoint on access to data address, address range, or  
data value  
Trace trigger on data watchpoint  
Debug exception trigger  
Code profiling  
Counters for measuring clock cycles, folded instructions,  
load/store operations, sleep cycles, cycles per instruction,  
interrupt overhead  
Interrupt events trace  
Software event monitoring, “printf-style” debugging  
9.5 SWV and TRACEPORT Interfaces  
The SWV and TRACEPORT interfaces provide trace data to a  
debug host via the Cypress MiniProg3 or an external trace port  
analyzer. The 5 pin TRACEPORT is used for rapid transmission  
of large trace streams. The single pin SWV mode is used to  
minimize the number of trace pins. SWV is shared with a JTAG  
pin. If debugging and tracing are done at the same time then  
SWD may be used with either SWV or TRACEPORT, or JTAG  
may be used with TRACEPORT, as shown in Table 9-1.  
If the device is protected with a WOL setting, Cypress cannot  
perform failure analysis and, therefore, cannot accept RMAs  
from customers. The WOL can be read out via SWD port to  
electrically identify protected parts. The user can write the key in  
WOL to lock out external access only if no flash protection is set.  
For more information on how to take full advantage of the  
security features in PSoC see the PSoC 5 TRM.  
Table 9-1. Debug Configurations  
Disclaimer  
Debug and Trace Configuration  
All debug and trace disabled  
JTAG  
GPIO Pins Used  
Note the following details of the flash code protection features on  
Cypress devices.  
0
4 or 5  
Cypress products meet the specifications contained in their  
particular Cypress datasheets. Cypress believes that its family of  
products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the  
market today, regardless of how they are used. There may be  
methods, unknown to Cypress, that can breach the code  
protection features. Any of these methods, to our knowledge,  
would be dishonest and possibly illegal. Neither Cypress nor any  
other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of  
their code. Code protection does not mean that we are  
guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”  
SWD  
2
SWV  
1
TRACEPORT  
5
JTAG + TRACEPORT  
SWD + SWV  
9 or 10  
3
7
SWD + TRACEPORT  
Cypress is willing to work with the customer who is concerned  
about the integrity of their code. Code protection is constantly  
evolving. We at Cypress are committed to continuously  
improving the code protection features of our products.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 60 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
10. Development Support  
The CY8C58LP family has a rich set of documentation,  
development tools, and online resources to assist you during  
Application Notes: PSoC application notes discuss a particular  
application of PSoC in depth; examples include brushless DC  
motor control and on-chip filtering. Application notes often  
include example projects in addition to the application note  
document.  
your  
development  
process.  
Visit  
psoc.cypress.com/getting-started to find out more.  
10.1 Documentation  
Technical Reference Manual: PSoC Creator makes designing  
with PSoC as easy as dragging a peripheral onto a schematic,  
but, when low level details of the PSoC device are required, use  
the technical reference manual (TRM) as your guide.  
Note Visit www.arm.com for detailed documentation about the  
Cortex-M3 CPU.  
A suite of documentation, to ensure that you can find answers to  
your questions quickly, supports the CY8C58LP family. This  
section contains a list of some of the key documents.  
Software User Guide: A step-by-step guide for using PSoC  
Creator. The software user guide shows you how the PSoC  
Creator build process works in detail, how to use source control  
with PSoC Creator, and much more.  
10.2 Online  
Component Datasheets: The flexibility of PSoC allows the  
creation of new peripherals (components) long after the device  
has gone into production. Component datasheets provide all of  
the information needed to select and use a particular component,  
including a functional description, API documentation, example  
code, and AC/DC specifications.  
In addition to print documentation, the Cypress PSoC forums  
connect you with fellow PSoC users and experts in PSoC from  
around the world, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.  
10.3 Tools  
With industry standard cores, programming, and debugging  
interfaces, the CY8C58LP family is part of a development tool  
ecosystem. Visit us at www.cypress.com/go/psoccreator for the  
latest information on the revolutionary, easy to use PSoC Creator  
IDE, supported third party compilers, programmers, debuggers,  
and development kits.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 61 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11. Electrical Specifications  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted. The unique flexibility of the PSoC UDBs and analog blocks enable many functions to be implemented in PSoC  
Creator components, see the component datasheets for full AC/DC specifications of individual functions. See the “Example  
Peripherals” section on page 36 for further explanation of PSoC Creator components.  
11.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings  
Table 11-1. Absolute Maximum Ratings DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Storage temperature  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
T
Extended duration storage  
temperatures above 100 °C  
degrade reliability.  
–55  
25  
100  
°C  
STG  
V
V
Analog supply voltage relative to  
–0.5  
–0.5  
6
6
V
V
DDA  
V
SSA  
Digital supply voltage relative to  
DDD  
V
SSD  
V
V
V
V
I/O supply voltage relative to V  
–0.5  
–0.5  
–0.5  
6
V
V
V
V
DDIO  
CCA  
CCD  
SSA  
SSD  
Direct analog core voltage input  
Direct digital core voltage input  
Analog ground voltage  
1.95  
1.95  
V
V
– 0.5  
V
+
SSD  
0.5  
SSD  
[13]  
V
DC input voltage on GPIO  
DC input voltage on SIO  
Includes signals sourced by V  
and routed internal to the pin.  
– 0.5  
V
+
V
GPIO  
SIO  
DDA  
SSD  
DDIO  
0.5  
V
Output disabled  
Output enabled  
V
V
– 0.5  
– 0.5  
7
6
V
V
SSD  
SSD  
V
V
Voltage at boost converter input  
Boost converter supply  
0.5  
5.5  
5.5  
100  
41  
28  
59  
2
V
IND  
V
– 0.5  
V
BAT  
SSD  
I
I
I
I
Current per V  
GPIO current  
SIO current  
supply pin  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
V
VDDIO  
GPIO  
SIO  
DDIO  
–30  
–49  
–56  
USBIO current  
USBIO  
V
ADC external reference inputs  
Pins P0[3], P3[2]  
EXTREF  
[14]  
LU  
Latch up current  
–140  
2000  
500  
140  
mA  
V
ESD  
ESD  
Electrostatic discharge voltage  
ESD voltage  
Human body model  
Charge device model  
HBM  
CDM  
V
Note Usage above the absolute maximum conditions listed in Table 11-1 may cause permanent damage to the device. Exposure to  
maximum conditions for extended periods of time may affect device reliability. When used below maximum conditions but above  
normal operating conditions the device may not operate to specification.  
Notes  
13. The VDDIO supply voltage must be greater than the maximum voltage on the associated GPIO pins. Maximum voltage on GPIO pin VDDIO VDDA  
.
14. Meets or exceeds JEDEC Spec EIA/JESD78 IC Latch-up Test.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 62 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.2 Device Level Specifications  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted. Unless otherwise specified, all charts and graphs show typical values.  
11.2.1 Device Level Specifications  
Table 11-2. DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
Analog supply voltage and input to analog core  
regulator  
Analog core regulator enabled  
1.8  
5.5  
V
DDA  
V
V
V
V
V
Analog supply voltage, analog regulator bypassed Analog core regulator disabled  
Digital supply voltage relative to V Digital core regulator enabled  
Digital supply voltage, digital regulator bypassed Digital core regulator disabled  
I/O supply voltage relative to V  
1.71  
1.8  
1.8  
1.89  
V
V
V
V
V
DDA  
DDD  
DDD  
DDIO  
CCA  
[15]  
V
V
SSD  
DDA  
1.71  
1.71  
1.71  
1.8  
1.89  
[16]  
[15]  
SSIO  
DDA  
Direct analog core voltage input (Analog regulator Analog core regulator disabled  
bypass)  
1.8  
1.89  
V
Direct digital core voltage input (Digital regulator Digital core regulator disabled  
bypass)  
1.71  
1.8  
1.89  
V
CCD  
Active Mode  
[17]  
Sum of digital and analog IDDD + IDDA. IDDIOX for  
V
= 2.7 V to 5.5 V;  
= 3 MHz  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
mA  
1.9  
1.9  
2
3.8  
3.8  
3.8  
5
I
DDX  
CPU  
DD  
I/Os not included. IMO enabled, bus clock and CPU F  
clock enabled. CPU executing complex program  
[18]  
from flash.  
V
F
= 2.7 V to 5.5 V;  
= 6 MHz  
3.1  
3.1  
3.2  
5.4  
5.4  
5.6  
8.9  
8.9  
9.1  
15.5  
15.4  
15.7  
18  
DDX  
CPU  
5
5
V
F
= 2.7 V to 5.5 V;  
= 12 MHz  
7
DDX  
CPU  
7
7
V
F
= 2.7 V to 5.5 V;  
= 24 MHz  
10.5  
10.5  
10.5  
17  
DDX  
CPU  
V
F
= 2.7 V to 5.5 V;  
= 48 MHz  
DDX  
CPU  
17  
17  
V
F
= 2.7 V to 5.5 V;  
= 62 MHz  
19.5  
19.5  
19.5  
DDX  
CPU  
18  
18.5  
Notes  
15. The power supplies can be brought up in any sequence however once stable Vdda must be greater than or equal to all other supplies.  
16. The VDDIO supply voltage must be greater than the maximum voltage on the associated GPIO pins. Maximum voltage on GPIO pin VDDIO VDDA  
.
17. The current consumption of additional peripherals that are implemented only in programmed logic blocks can be found in their respective datasheets, available in  
PSoC Creator, the integrated design environment. To estimate total current, find CPU current at frequency of interest and add peripheral currents for your particular  
system from the device datasheet and component datasheets.  
18. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 63 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-2. DC Specifications (continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
[17]  
[21]  
I
Sleep Mode  
DD  
V
V
V
V
= V  
= V  
= V  
= V  
= 4.5–5.5 V  
= 2.7–3.6 V  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
µA  
1.9  
2.4  
5
3.1  
3.6  
16  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DD  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
CPU = OFF  
RTC = ON (= ECO32K ON, in low-power mode)  
[21]  
Sleep timer = ON (= ILO ON at 1 kHz)  
WDT = OFF  
1.7  
2
3.1  
3.6  
16  
2
I C Wake = OFF  
Comparator = OFF  
POR = ON  
4.2  
1.6  
1.9  
4.2  
3
Boost = OFF  
= 1.71–1.95 V T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
3.1  
3.6  
16  
SIO pins in single ended input, unregulated output  
mode  
T = 85 °C  
[20]  
Comparator = ON  
CPU = OFF  
= 2.7–3.6 V  
T = 25 °C  
µA  
4.2  
RTC = OFF  
Sleep timer = OFF  
WDT = OFF  
2
I C Wake = OFF  
POR = ON  
Boost = OFF  
SIO pins in single ended input, unregulated output  
mode  
2
[20]  
I C Wake = ON  
V
= V  
= 2.7–3.6 V  
T = 25 °C  
µA  
1.7  
3.6  
DD  
DDIO  
CPU = OFF  
RTC = OFF  
Sleep timer = OFF  
WDT = OFF  
Comparator = OFF  
POR = ON  
Boost = OFF  
SIO pins in single ended input, unregulated output  
mode  
[19]  
Hibernate Mode  
V
V
V
= V  
= V  
= V  
= 4.5–5.5 V  
= 2.7–3.6 V  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
T = 85 °C  
µA  
0.2  
0.24  
2.6  
0.11  
0.3  
2
2
2
DD  
DD  
DD  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
15  
2
Hibernate mode current  
All regulators and oscillators off.  
SRAM retention  
GPIO interrupts are active  
Boost = OFF  
2
15  
2
SIO pins in single ended input, unregulated output  
mode  
= 1.71–1.95 V T = –40 °C  
T = 25 °C  
0.9  
0.11  
1.8  
0.3  
1.4  
1.1  
0.7  
15  
2
T = 85 °C  
15  
0.6  
3.3  
3.1  
3.1  
21  
[20]  
I
I
I
Analog current consumption while device is  
V
V
V
V
3.6 V  
> 3.6 V  
3.6 V  
> 3.6 V  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
DDAR  
DDA  
DDA  
DDD  
DDD  
[20]  
reset  
[20]  
[20]  
Digital current consumption while device is reset  
DDDR  
[20]  
Current consumption while device programming.  
Sum of digital, analog, and I/Os: IDDD + IDDA +  
IDDIOX.  
DD_PROG  
Notes  
19. If VCCD and VCCA are externally regulated, the voltage difference between VCCD and VCCA must be less than 50 mV.  
20. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
21. Sleep timer generates periodic interrupts to wake up the CPU. This specification applies only to those times that the CPU is off.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 64 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-1. IDD vs Frequency at 25 °C  
Table 11-3. AC Specifications[23]  
Parameter Description  
Conditions  
Min  
DC  
DC  
Typ  
Max  
67.01  
67.01  
0.066  
10  
Units  
MHz  
MHz  
V/µs  
µs  
F
CPU frequency  
Bus frequency  
1.71 V V  
1.71 V V  
5.5 V  
5.5 V  
CPU  
DDD  
DDD  
F
BUSCLK  
Svdd  
T
V
ramp rate  
DD  
Time from V  
I/O ports set to their reset states  
/V /V /V  
DDD DDA CCD CCA  
IPOR to  
PRES  
IO_INIT  
T
Time from V /V /V /V  
to CPU executing code at reset vector  
V
/V = regulated from  
CCA DDA  
, no PLL used, fast IMO  
boot mode (48 MHz typ.)  
33  
66  
µs  
µs  
µs  
µs  
STARTUP  
DDD DDA CCD CCA  
V
/V  
DDA DDD  
V
V
/V  
= regulated from  
, no PLL used, slow IMO  
boot mode (12 MHz typ.)  
CCA CCD  
/V  
DDA DDD  
T
Wakeup from sleep mode –  
Applicationofnon-LVDinterrupttobeginning  
of execution of next CPU instruction  
25  
SLEEP  
T
Wakeup from hibernate mode – Application  
of external interrupt to beginning of  
execution of next CPU instruction  
125  
HIBERNATE  
11.3 Power Regulators  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted.  
11.3.1 Digital Core Regulator  
Table 11-4. Digital Core Regulator DC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Input voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
1.8  
Typ  
Max  
5.5  
Units  
V
V
V
DDD  
Output voltage  
1.80  
1
V
CCD  
Regulator output capacitor  
±10%, X5R ceramic or better. The two V  
µF  
CCD  
pins must be shorted together, with as short  
a trace as possible, see “Power System”  
section on page 24  
Notes  
22. Based on device characterization (not production tested). USBIO pins tied to ground (VSSD).  
23. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 65 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-2. Analog and Digital Regulators, VCC vs VDD  
10 mA Load  
,
Figure 11-3. Digital Regulator PSRR vs Frequency and VDD  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
0.1  
1
10  
100  
2.7  
1000  
Frequency, kHz  
4.5  
3.6  
11.3.2 Analog Core Regulator  
Table 11-5. Analog Core Regulator DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Input voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
1.8  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
V
V
1.80  
1
5.5  
DDA  
CCA  
Output voltage  
V
Regulator output capacitor  
±10%, X5R ceramic or better  
µF  
Figure 11-4. Analog Regulator PSRR vs Frequency and VDD  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
0.1  
1
10  
Frequency, kHz  
100  
2.7  
1000  
4.5  
3.6  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 66 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.3.3 Inductive Boost Regulator  
Table 11-6. Inductive Boost Regulator DC Specifications  
[26]  
Unless otherwise specified, operating conditions are: LBOOST = 10 μH, CBOOST = 22 μF || 0.1 μF, 2 < VBAT:VOUT 4.  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
0.5  
0.6  
Typ  
Max  
0.6  
3.6  
Units  
V
Input voltage, includes IOUT < 7.5 mA, VOUT = 1.8 V nominal  
V
V
BAT  
[24]  
External diode required if VBAT < 0.9 V  
startup voltage  
I
Load current, steady  
V
V
= 1.6 – 3.6 V, V  
= 1.6 – 3.6 V  
75  
50  
mA  
mA  
OUT  
BAT  
OUT  
OUT  
[24, 25]  
state  
= 1.6 – 3.6 V, V  
= 3.6 – 5.0 V, external  
BAT  
diode  
V
V
= 0.5 – 1.6 V, V  
= 1.6 – 3.6 V  
15  
15  
mA  
mA  
BAT  
OUT  
= 0.5 – 1.6 V, V  
= 3.6 – 5.0 V, external  
BAT  
OUT  
diode  
I
I
Inductor peak current  
Quiescent current  
700  
mA  
LPK  
Q
Boost active mode  
Boost sleep mode, I  
250  
25  
µA  
µA  
< 1 µA  
OUT  
V
1.8 V nominal  
1.9 V nominal  
2.0 V nominal  
2.4 V nominal  
2.7 V nominal  
3.0 V nominal  
3.3 V nominal  
1.71  
1.81  
1.90  
2.28  
2.57  
2.85  
3.14  
3.42  
4.75  
1.8  
1.90  
2.00  
2.40  
2.70  
3.00  
3.30  
3.60  
5.00  
1.89  
2.00  
2.10  
2.52  
2.84  
3.15  
3.47  
3.78  
5.25  
4
V
V
Boost output voltage  
OUT  
V
V
V
V
V
3.6 V nominal, External diode required  
5.0 V nominal, External diode required  
V
V
V
: V  
Ratio of V  
to V  
BAT  
ratio  
OUT  
BAT  
OUT  
Reg  
Reg  
Load regulation  
Line regulation  
5
5
%
%
LOAD  
LINE  
Notes  
24. For Vbat 0.9 V or Vout 3.6 V, an external diode is required.  
25. If powering the PSoC from boost with Vbat = 0.5 V, the IMO must be 3 MHz at startup.  
26. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 67 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-7. Inductive Boost Regulator AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Ripple voltage,  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
LBOOST = 10 μH, CBOOST = 22 μF || 0.1 μF, 2 <  
VBAT:VOUT 4, Iout = 10 mA  
100  
mV  
RIPPLE  
[27]  
peak-to-peak  
Table 11-8. Recommended External Components for Boost Circuit  
Parameter  
Description  
Boost inductor  
Conditions  
Min  
4.7  
Typ  
10  
10  
22  
22  
Max  
22  
Units  
µH  
µF  
L
BOOST  
[27]  
C
Filter capacitor  
LBOOST = 4.7 µH  
LBOOST = 10 µH  
LBOOST = 22 µH  
BOOST  
µF  
µF  
I
External Schottky diode  
average forward current  
1
A
F
V
20  
V
R
Figure 11-5. Efficiency vs IOUT VBOOST = 3.3 V,  
BOOST = 10 µH[28]  
Figure 11-6. Efficiency vs IOUT VBOOST = 3.3 V,  
LBOOST = 22 µH[28]  
L
Notes  
27. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
28. Typical example. Actual efficiency may vary depending on external component selection, PCB layout, and other design parameters.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 68 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.4 Inputs and Outputs  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted. Unless otherwise specified, all charts and graphs show typical values.  
When the power supplies ramp up, there are low-impedance connections between each GPIO pin and its V  
supply. This causes  
DDIO  
the pin voltages to track V  
until both V  
and V  
reach the IPOR voltage, which can be as high as 1.45 V. At that point, the  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDA  
low-impedance connections no longer exist and the pins change to their normal NVL settings.  
Also, if V is less than V , a low-impedance path may exist between a GPIO and V , causing the GPIO to track V until  
DDA  
DDA  
DDIO  
DDA  
V
becomes greater than or equal to V  
.
DDA  
DDIO  
11.4.1 GPIO  
Table 11-9. GPIO DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
CMOS Input, PRT[x]CTL = 0  
CMOS Input, PRT[x]CTL = 0  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
Input voltage high threshold  
Input voltage low threshold  
0.7 × V  
V
V
IH  
DDIO  
V
0.3 ×  
IL  
V
DDIO  
V
V
V
Input voltage high threshold  
Input voltage high threshold  
Input voltage low threshold  
LVTTL Input, PRT[x]CTL = 1, V  
LVTTL Input, PRT[x]CTL = 1, V  
LVTTL Input, PRT[x]CTL = 1, V  
< 2.7 V 0.7 x V  
V
V
V
IH  
IH  
IL  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
2.7 V  
2.0  
< 2.7 V  
0.3 x  
V
DDIO  
V
Input voltage low threshold  
Output voltage high  
LVTTL Input, PRT[x]CTL = 1, V  
2.7 V  
0.8  
V
V
IL  
DDIO  
V
I
I
I
I
I
= 4 mA at 3.3 V  
= 1 mA at 1.8 V  
V
V
– 0.6  
– 0.5  
OH  
OH  
OH  
OL  
OL  
OL  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
V
DDIO  
V
Output voltage low  
Pull-up resistor  
= 8 mA at 3.3 V  
= 3 mA at 3.3 V  
= 4 mA at 1.8 V  
0.6  
0.4  
0.6  
8.5  
8.5  
2
V
OL  
V
V
Rpullup  
3.5  
3.5  
5.6  
5.6  
kΩ  
kΩ  
nA  
Rpulldown Pull-down resistor  
I
Input leakage current (absolute 25 °C, V  
= 3.0 V  
DDIO  
IL  
[29]  
value)  
[29]  
C
Input capacitance  
GPIOs not shared with opamp outputs,  
MHzECO or kHzECO  
5
5
9
9
pF  
pF  
IN  
GPIOs shared with MHzECO or  
[30]  
kHzECO  
GPIOs shared with opamp outputs  
GPIOs shared with SAR inputs  
10  
10  
40  
20  
20  
pF  
pF  
V
Input voltage hysteresis  
(Schmitt-Trigger)  
mV  
H
[29]  
Idiode  
Rglobal  
Rmux  
Current through protection diode  
100  
µA  
Ω
to V  
and V  
DDIO  
SSIO  
Resistance pin to analog global 25 °C, V  
bus  
= 3.0 V  
= 3.0 V  
320  
220  
DDIO  
DDIO  
Resistance pin to analog mux bus 25 °C, V  
Ω
Notes  
29. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
30. For information on designing with PSoC 3 oscillators, refer to the application note, AN54439 - PSoC® 3 and PSoC 5 External Oscillator.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 69 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-7. GPIO Output High Voltage and Current  
Figure 11-8. GPIO Output Low Voltage and Current  
[31]  
Table 11-10. GPIO AC Specifications  
Parameter  
TriseF  
Description  
Rise time in Fast Strong Mode  
Fall time in Fast Strong Mode  
Rise time in Slow Strong Mode  
Fall time in Slow Strong Mode  
GPIO output operating frequency  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
12  
Units  
ns  
3.3 V V  
3.3 V V  
3.3 V V  
3.3 V V  
Cload = 25 pF  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
TfallF  
Cload = 25 pF  
Cload = 25 pF  
Cload = 25 pF  
12  
ns  
TriseS  
TfallS  
60  
ns  
60  
ns  
2.7 V < V  
< 5.5 V, fast strong drive mode  
90/10% V  
into 25 pF  
into 25 pF  
into 25 pF  
into 25 pF  
33  
20  
7
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
Fgpioout  
Fgpioin  
1.71 V < V  
< 2.7 V, fast strong drive mode 90/10% V  
DDIO  
3.3 V < V  
< 5.5 V, slow strong drive mode 90/10% V  
DDIO  
1.71 V < V  
< 3.3 V, slow strong drive mode 90/10% V  
3.5  
66  
DDIO  
GPIO input operating frequency  
90/10% V  
Figure 11-9. GPIO Output Rise and Fall Times, Fast Strong  
Mode, VDDIO = 3.3 V, 25 pF Load  
Figure 11-10. GPIO Output Rise and Fall Times, Slow Strong  
Mode, VDDIO = 3.3 V, 25 pF Load  
Note  
31. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 70 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.4.2 SIO  
Table 11-11. SIO DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Vinmax  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Maximum input voltage  
All allowed values of Vddio and  
Vddd, see Section 11.2.1  
5.5  
V
Vinref  
Input voltage reference (differential  
input mode)  
0.5  
0.52 × V  
V
DDIO  
Output voltage reference (regulated output mode)  
Voutref  
V
V
> 3.7  
< 3.7  
1
1
V
– 1  
DDIO  
V
V
DDIO  
DDIO  
V
– 0.5  
DDIO  
Input voltage high threshold  
GPIO mode  
V
CMOS input  
0.7 × V  
SIO_ref + 0.2  
V
V
IH  
DDIO  
[32]  
Differential input mode  
Hysteresis disabled  
Input voltage low threshold  
GPIO mode  
V
CMOS input  
0.3 × V  
SIO_ref – 0.2  
V
V
IL  
DDIO  
[32]  
Differential input mode  
Hysteresis disabled  
Output voltage high  
Unregulated mode  
I
I
I
= 4 mA, V  
= 1 mA  
= 3.3 V  
V – 0.4  
DDIO  
V
V
OH  
OH  
OH  
DDIO  
[32]  
V
Regulated mode  
SIO_ref – 0.65  
SIO_ref + 0.2  
OH  
= 0.1 mA  
SIO_ref – 0.3  
SIO_ref + 0.2  
V
no load, I = 0  
SIO_ref – 0.1  
SIO_ref + 0.1  
V
OH  
V
Output voltage low  
V
V
V
= 3.30 V, I = 25 mA  
0.8  
0.4  
0.4  
8.5  
8.5  
V
OL  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
OL  
= 3.30 V, I = 20 mA  
V
OL  
= 1.80 V, I = 4 mA  
V
OL  
Rpullup  
Pull-up resistor  
3.5  
3.5  
5.6  
5.6  
kΩ  
kΩ  
Rpulldown  
Pull-down resistor  
I
Input leakage current (absolute  
value)  
IL  
[33]  
V
V
< Vddsio  
> Vddsio  
25 °C, Vddsio = 3.0 V, V = 3.0 V  
14  
10  
7
nA  
µA  
pF  
IH  
IH  
25 °C, Vddsio = 0 V, V = 3.0 V  
IH  
IH  
[33]  
C
Input Capacitance  
IN  
Input voltage hysteresis  
(Schmitt-Trigger)  
Single ended mode (GPIO mode)  
Differential mode  
115  
50  
mV  
mV  
µA  
V
[33]  
H
Current through protection diode to  
100  
Idiode  
V
SSIO  
Notes  
32. See Figure 6-9 on page 31 and Figure 6-12 on page 34 for more information on SIO reference.  
33. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 71 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-11. SIO Output HighVoltage and Current,  
Unregulated Mode  
Figure 11-12. SIO Output Low Voltage and Current,  
Unregulated Mode  
Figure 11-13. SIO Output High Voltage and Current,  
Regulated Mode  
[34]  
SIO AC Specifications  
Parameter  
TriseF  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Rise time in fast strong mode  
(90/10%)  
Cload = 25 pF, V  
= 3.3 V  
12  
ns  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
TfallF  
TriseS  
TfallS  
Fall time in fast strong mode  
(90/10%)  
Cload = 25 pF, V  
Cload = 25 pF, V  
Cload = 25 pF, V  
= 3.3 V  
= 3.0 V  
= 3.0 V  
12  
75  
60  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Rise time in slow strong mode  
(90/10%)  
Fall time in slow strong mode  
(90/10%)  
Note  
34. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 72 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
[34]  
SIO AC Specifications  
Parameter  
(continued)  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
SIO output operating frequency  
2.7 V < V < 5.5 V, Unregu-  
lated output (GPIO) mode, fast  
strong drive mode  
90/10% V  
into 25 pF  
into 25 pF  
into 25 pF  
into 25 pF  
33  
MHz  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
DDIO  
1.71 V < V  
< 2.7 V, Unregu- 90/10% V  
16  
5
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
DDIO  
lated output (GPIO) mode, fast  
strong drive mode  
3.3 V < V  
< 5.5 V, Unregu-  
90/10% V  
DDIO  
lated output (GPIO) mode, slow  
strong drive mode  
1.71 V < V  
< 3.3 V, Unregu- 90/10% V  
4
DDIO  
Fsioout  
lated output (GPIO) mode, slow  
strong drive mode  
2.7 V < V  
< 5.5 V, Regulated Outputcontinuouslyswitchinginto  
20  
10  
2.5  
DDIO  
output mode, fast strong drive  
mode  
25 pF  
1.71 V < V  
< 2.7 V, Regulated Outputcontinuouslyswitchinginto  
DDIO  
output mode, fast strong drive  
mode  
25 pF  
1.71 V < V  
< 5.5 V, Regulated Outputcontinuouslyswitchinginto  
DDIO  
output mode, slow strong drive  
mode  
25 pF  
SIO input operating frequency  
Fsioin  
1.71 V < V  
< 5.5 V  
90/10% V  
66  
MHz  
DDIO  
DDIO  
Figure 11-14. SIO Output Rise and Fall Times, Fast Strong  
Mode, VDDIO = 3.3 V, 25 pF Load  
Figure 11-15. SIO Output Rise and Fall Times, Slow Strong  
Mode, VDDIO = 3.3 V, 25 pF Load  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 73 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.4.3 USBIO  
For operation in GPIO mode, the standard range for V  
applies, see Device Level Specifications on page 63.  
DDD  
Table 11-13. USBIO DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Rusbi  
Description  
USB D+ pull-up resistance  
USB D+ pull-up resistance  
Conditions  
Min  
0.900  
1.425  
2.8  
Typ  
Max  
1.575  
3.090  
3.6  
Units  
kΩ  
[35]  
[35]  
With idle bus  
Rusba  
While receiving traffic  
kΩ  
[35]  
Vohusb  
Static output high  
15 kΩ ±5% to Vss, internal pull-up  
V
enabled  
[35]  
Volusb  
Static output low  
15 kΩ ±5% to Vss, internal pull-up  
enabled  
0.3  
V
[35]  
Vihgpio  
Input voltage high, GPIO mode  
V
V
V
V
V
V
= 1.8 V  
= 3.3 V  
= 5.0 V  
= 1.8 V  
= 3.3 V  
= 5.0 V  
1.5  
2
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
2
[35]  
Vilgpio  
Input voltage low, GPIO mode  
0.8  
0.8  
0.8  
Vohgpio  
Volgpio  
Output voltage high, GPIO  
I
I
I
I
I
I
= 4 mA, V  
= 4 mA, V  
= 4 mA, V  
= 1.8 V  
= 3.3 V  
= 5.0 V  
= 1.8 V  
= 3.3 V  
= 5.0 V  
1.6  
3.1  
4.2  
OH  
OH  
OH  
OL  
OL  
OL  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
[35]  
mode  
[35]  
Output voltage low, GPIO mode  
= 4 mA, V  
= 4 mA, V  
= 4 mA, V  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.2  
2.5  
Vdi  
Differential input sensitivity  
|(D+)–(D–)|  
Vcm  
Differential input common mode  
range  
0.8  
Vse  
Single ended receiver threshold  
0.8  
3
2
7
V
[35]  
Rps2  
PS/2 pull-up resistance  
In PS/2 mode, with PS/2 pull-up  
enabled  
kΩ  
[35]  
Rext  
External USB series resistor  
In series with each USB pin  
21.78  
(–1%)  
22  
22.22 (+1%)  
Ω
[35]  
Zo  
USB driver output impedance  
USB transceiver input capacitance  
Input leakage current (absolute  
Including Rext  
28  
44  
20  
2
Ω
C
I
pF  
nA  
IN  
[35]  
25 °C, V  
= 3.0 V  
DDD  
[35]  
IL  
value)  
Note  
35. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 74 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-16. USBIO Output High Voltage and Current,  
GPIO Mode  
Figure11-17. USBIOOutputRiseandFallTimes,GPIOMode,  
VDDD = 3.3 V, 25 pF Load  
[36]  
Table 11-14. USBIO AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Tdrate  
Full-speed data rate average bit rate  
12 – 0.25%  
12  
12 +  
0.25%  
MHz  
Tjr1  
Tjr2  
Receiver data jitter tolerance to next  
transition  
–8  
–5  
8
5
ns  
ns  
Receiver data jitter tolerance to pair  
transition  
Tdj1  
Driver differential jitter to next transition  
Driver differential jitter to pair transition  
–3.5  
–4  
3.5  
4
ns  
ns  
ns  
Tdj2  
Tfdeop  
Source jitter for differential transition to  
SE0 transition  
–2  
5
Tfeopt  
Tfeopr  
Tfst  
Source SE0 interval of EOP  
Receiver SE0 interval of EOP  
160  
82  
175  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Width of SE0 interval during differential  
transition  
14  
Fgpio_out GPIO mode output operating frequency 3 V V  
5.5 V  
20  
6
MHz  
MHz  
ns  
DDD  
V
= 1.71 V  
DDD  
Tr_gpio  
Tf_gpio  
Rise time, GPIO mode, 10%/90% V  
V
> 3 V, 25 pF load  
= 1.71 V, 25 pF load  
> 3 V, 25 pF load  
= 1.71 V, 25 pF load  
12  
40  
12  
40  
DDD DDD  
V
ns  
DDD  
Fall time, GPIO mode, 90%/10% V  
V
ns  
DDD DDD  
V
ns  
DDD  
Note  
36. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 75 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-18. USBIO Output Low Voltage and Current,  
GPIO Mode  
[37]  
Table 11-15. USB Driver AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Tr  
Description  
Transition rise time  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
20  
Units  
ns  
Tf  
Transition fall time  
20  
ns  
TR  
Rise/fall time matching  
V
, V  
, see USB DC  
90%  
111%  
USB_5  
USB_3.3  
Specifications on page 103  
Vcrs  
Output signal crossover voltage  
1.3  
2
V
11.4.4 XRES  
Table 11-16. XRES DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Input voltage high threshold  
Input voltage low threshold  
Pull-up resistor  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
V
0.7 × V  
IH  
IL  
DDIO  
V
3.5  
0.3× V  
V
DDIO  
Rpullup  
5.6  
3
8.5  
kΩ  
pF  
[37]  
C
Input capacitance  
IN  
H
V
Input voltage hysteresis  
100  
mV  
[37]  
(Schmitt-Trigger)  
Idiode  
Current through protection diode to  
and V  
100  
µA  
V
DDIO  
SSIO  
[37]  
Table 11-17. XRES AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Reset pulse width  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
T
1
µs  
RESET  
Note  
37. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 76 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.5 Analog Peripherals  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted.  
11.5.1 Opamp  
Table 11-18. Opamp DC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Input voltage range  
Input offset voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
V
V
V
DDA  
I
SSA  
Vos  
2.5  
mV  
mV  
Operating temperature –40 °C to  
70 °C  
2
TCVos  
Ge1  
Cin  
Input offset voltage drift with temperature Power mode = high  
±30  
±0.1  
18  
µV / °C  
Gain error, unity gain buffer mode  
Input capacitance  
Rload = 1 kΩ  
%
pF  
V
Routing from pin  
Vo  
Output voltage range  
1 mA, source or sink, power mode V  
= high  
+ 0.05  
V
SSA  
DDA  
0.05  
Iout  
Output current capability, source or sink V  
+ 500 mV Vout V  
–500  
25  
16  
mA  
mA  
SSA  
DDA  
mV, V  
> 2.7 V  
DDA  
V
+ 500 mV Vout V  
–500  
SSA  
DDA  
mV, 1.7 V = V  
2.7 V  
DDA  
[38]  
Idd  
Quiescent current  
Power mode = min  
Power mode = low  
Power mode = med  
Power mode = high  
250  
250  
330  
1000  
400  
400  
950  
2500  
uA  
uA  
uA  
uA  
dB  
dB  
dB  
[38]  
CMRR  
PSRR  
Common mode rejection ratio  
80  
85  
70  
[38]  
Power supply rejection ratio  
Vdda 2.7 V  
Vdda < 2.7 V  
Figure 11-19. Opamp Voffset Histogram, 3388 samples/847  
parts, 25 °C, VDDA = 5 V  
Figure 11-20. Opamp Voffset vs Temperature, VDDA = 5 V  
Note  
38. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 77 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-21. Opamp Voffset vs Vcommon and Vdda, 25 °C  
Figure 11-22. Opamp Output Voltage vs Load Current and  
Temperature, High Power Mode, 25 °C, Vdda = 2.7 V  
Figure 11-23. Opamp Operating Current vs Vdda and Power  
Mode  
[39]  
Table 11-19. Opamp AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
1
Typ  
Max  
Units  
MHz  
GBW  
Gain-bandwidth product  
Power mode = minimum, 15 pF load  
Power mode = low, 15 pF load  
Power mode = medium, 200 pF load  
Power mode = high, 200 pF load  
Power mode = minimum, 15 pF load  
Power mode = low, 15 pF load  
Power mode = medium, 200 pF load  
Power mode = high, 200 pF load  
2
MHz  
1
MHz  
3
MHz  
SR  
Slew rate, 20% - 80%  
Input noise density  
1.1  
1.1  
0.9  
3
V/µs  
V/µs  
V/µs  
V/µs  
e
Power mode = high, Vdda = 5 V, at  
100 kHz  
45  
nV/sqrtHz  
n
Note  
39. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 78 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-24. Opamp Noise vs Frequency, Power Mode =  
Figure 11-25. Opamp Step Response, Rising  
High, Vdda = 5V  
1000  
100  
10  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
1000  
Frequency, kHz  
Figure 11-26. Opamp Step Response, Falling  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 79 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.5.2 Delta-Sigma ADC  
Unless otherwise specified, operating conditions are:  
Operation in continuous sample mode  
fclk = 3.072 MHz for resolution = 16 to 20 bits; fclk = 6.144 MHz for resolution = 8 to 15 bits  
Reference = 1.024 V internal reference bypassed on P3.2 or P0.3  
Unless otherwise specified, all charts and graphs show typical values  
Table 11-20. 20-bit Delta-sigma ADC DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Resolution  
8
20  
bits  
No. of  
GPIO  
Number of channels, single ended  
Differential pair is formed using a  
pair of GPIOs.  
Yes  
Buffered, buffer gain = 1, Range =  
±1.024 V, 16-bit mode, 25 °C  
No. of  
GPIO/2  
Number of channels, differential  
Monotonic  
Ge  
Gain error  
±0.4  
%
Buffered, buffer gain = 1, Range =  
±1.024 V, 16-bit mode  
Buffered, 16-bit mode, full voltage  
range, 25 °C  
Gd  
Gain drift  
50  
ppm/°C  
mV  
±0.2  
±0.1  
0.55  
Vos  
Input offset voltage  
Buffered, 16-bit mode, V  
25 °C  
= 1.7 V,  
DDA  
mV  
Temperature coefficient, input offset  
voltage  
Input voltage range, single ended  
Buffer gain = 1, 16-bit,  
Range = ±1.024 V  
TCVos  
µV/°C  
[40]  
V
V
V
V
V
SSA  
SSA  
DDA  
DDA  
Input voltage range, differential unbuf-  
V
V
[40]  
fered  
Input voltage range, differential,  
V
– 1  
V
[40]  
SSA  
DDA  
buffered  
Buffer gain = 1, 16-bit,  
Range = ±1.024 V  
Buffer gain = 1, 16 bit,  
Range = ±1.024 V  
[40]  
PSRRb  
CMRRb  
Power supply rejection ratio, buffered  
90  
85  
dB  
dB  
[40]  
Common mode rejection ratio, buffered  
[40]  
INL20  
DNL20  
INL16  
DNL16  
INL12  
DNL12  
INL8  
Integral non linearity  
Differential non linearity  
Integral non linearity  
Differential non linearity  
Integral non linearity  
Differential non linearity  
Integral non linearity  
Differential non linearity  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Input buffer used  
10  
±32  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
MΩ  
[40]  
±1  
±2  
±1  
±1  
±1  
±1  
±1  
[40]  
[40]  
[40]  
[40]  
[40]  
[40]  
DNL8  
Rin_Buff  
ADC input resistance  
Input buffer bypassed, 16-bit,  
Range = ±1.024 V  
Input buffer bypassed, 12 bit,  
Range = ±1.024 V  
[41]  
Rin_ADC16 ADC input resistance  
Rin_ADC12 ADC input resistance  
74  
kΩ  
kΩ  
[41]  
148  
Notes  
40. Based on device characterization (not production tested).  
41. By using switched capacitors at the ADC input an effective input resistance is created. Holding the gain and number of bits constant, the resistance is proportional  
to the inverse of the clock frequency. This value is calculated, not measured. For more information see the Technical Reference Manual.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 80 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-20. 20-bit Delta-sigma ADC DC Specifications (continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
ADC external reference input voltage, see  
also internal reference in Voltage  
Reference on page 84  
Vextref  
Pins P0[3], P3[2]  
0.9  
1.3  
V
Current Consumption  
[42]  
[42]  
[42]  
[42]  
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
+ I  
+ I  
+ I  
Current consumption, 20 bit  
Current consumption, 16 bit  
Current consumption, 12 bit  
187 sps, unbuffered  
48 ksps, unbuffered  
192 ksps, unbuffered  
384 ksps, unbuffered  
1.5  
1.5  
1.95  
1.95  
2.5  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
DD_20  
DD_16  
DD_12  
DD_8  
DDA  
DDA  
DDA  
DDA  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
+ I  
Current consumption, 8 bit  
DDD  
[42]  
Buffer current consumption  
BUFF  
Table 11-21. Delta-sigma ADC AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
4
Units  
Samples  
%
Startup time  
Total harmonic distortion  
[42]  
THD  
Buffer gain = 1, 16 bit,  
Range = ±1.024 V  
0.0032  
20-Bit Resolution Mode  
[42]  
SR20  
BW20  
Sample rate  
Input bandwidth at max sample rate  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
7.8  
187  
sps  
Hz  
[42]  
40  
16-Bit Resolution Mode  
[42]  
SR16  
BW16  
Sample rate  
Input bandwidth at max sample rate  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024V, unbuffered  
2
11  
48  
ksps  
kHz  
dB  
[42]  
SINAD16int Signal to noise ratio, 16-bit, internal  
81  
[42]  
reference  
SINAD16ext Signal to noise ratio, 16-bit, external  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
84  
dB  
[42]  
reference  
12-Bit Resolution Mode  
[42]  
[42]  
SR12  
BW12  
Sample rate, continuous, high power  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
4
44  
192  
ksps  
kHz  
dB  
[42]  
Input bandwidth at max sample rate  
SINAD12int Signal to noise ratio, 12-bit, internal  
66  
[42]  
reference  
8-Bit Resolution Mode  
SR8  
Sample rate, continuous, high power  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
Range = ±1.024 V, unbuffered  
8
88  
384  
ksps  
kHz  
dB  
[42]  
BW8  
Input bandwidth at max sample rate  
SINAD8int Signal to noise ratio, 8-bit, internal  
43  
[42]  
reference  
Note  
42. Based on device characterization (not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 81 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-22. Delta-sigma ADC Sample Rates, Range = ±1.024 V  
Continuous  
Multi-Sample  
Multi-Sample Turbo  
Resolution, Bits  
Min  
8000  
6400  
5566  
4741  
4000  
3283  
2783  
2371  
2000  
500  
Max  
Min  
1911  
1543  
1348  
1154  
978  
806  
685  
585  
495  
124  
31  
Max  
91701  
74024  
64673  
55351  
46900  
38641  
32855  
28054  
11861  
2965  
741  
Min  
1829  
1489  
1307  
1123  
956  
791  
674  
577  
489  
282  
105  
15  
Max  
87771  
71441  
62693  
53894  
45850  
37925  
32336  
27675  
11725  
6766  
8
384000  
307200  
267130  
227555  
192000  
157538  
133565  
113777  
48000  
12000  
3000  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
125  
2513  
16  
375  
4
93  
357  
8
187.5  
2
46  
8
183  
Figure11-27. Delta-sigmaADCIDDvssps, Range=±1.024 V,  
Continuous Sample Mode, Input Buffer Bypassed  
Figure 11-28. Delta-sigma ADC Noise Histogram, 1000 Sam-  
ples, 20-Bit, 187 sps, Ext Ref, VIN = VREF/2, Range = ±1.024 V  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
16 bit  
0.6  
0.4  
12 bit  
0.2  
0.0  
1
10  
100  
1000  
Sample rate, Ksps  
Figure 11-29. Delta-sigma ADC Noise Histogram, 1000  
Samples, 16-bit, 48 ksps, Ext Ref, VIN = VREF/2, Range =  
±1.024 V  
Figure 11-30. Delta-sigma ADC Noise Histogram, 1000  
Samples, 16-bit, 48 ksps, Int Ref, VIN = VREF/2, Range =  
±1.024 V  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 82 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-23. Delta-sigma ADC RMS Noise in Counts vs. Input Range and Sample Rate, 16-bit,  
Internal Reference, Single Ended[43]  
Sample rate,  
sps  
Input Voltage Range  
0 to VREF  
1.21  
0 to VREF x 2  
VSSA to VDDA  
0 to VREF x 6  
0.99  
2000  
1.02  
1.15  
1.22  
1.33  
1.50  
1.60  
1.14  
1.25  
1.38  
1.43  
1.43  
1.85  
3000  
1.28  
1.22  
6000  
1.36  
1.22  
12000  
24000  
48000  
1.44  
1.40  
1.67  
1.53  
1.91  
1.67  
Table 11-24. Delta-sigma ADC RMS Noise in Counts vs. Input Range and Sample Rate, 16-bit,  
Internal Reference, Differential[43]  
Sample rate,  
sps  
Input Voltage Range  
±VREF / 4  
±VREF  
0.56  
0.58  
0.53  
0.58  
0.60  
0.58  
0.59  
±VREF / 2  
0.65  
±VREF / 8  
±VREF / 16  
1.77  
2000  
0.74  
0.81  
0.82  
0.85  
1.02  
1.10  
1.12  
1.13  
4000  
0.72  
1.98  
8000  
0.72  
2.18  
15625  
32000  
43750  
48000  
0.72  
2.20  
0.76  
INVALID OPERATING REGION  
0.75  
Table 11-25. Delta-sigma ADC RMS Noise in Counts vs. Input Range and Sample Rate, 20-bit,  
External Reference, Single Ended[43]  
Sample rate,  
Input Voltage Range  
sps  
8
0 to VREF  
1.28  
0 to VREF x 2  
VSSA to VDDA  
0 to VREF x 6  
0.97  
1.24  
1.28  
1.26  
0.91  
1.06  
6.02  
6.09  
6.28  
6.84  
7.97  
23  
45  
90  
187  
1.33  
0.98  
1.77  
0.96  
1.65  
0.95  
1.87  
1.01  
Table 11-26. Delta-sigma ADC RMS Noise in Counts vs. Input Range and Sample Rate, 20-bit,  
External Reference, Differential[43]  
Sample rate,  
Input Voltage Range  
±VREF / 4  
sps  
8
±VREF  
0.70  
0.69  
0.73  
0.76  
0.75  
0.75  
0.73  
±VREF / 2  
0.84  
±VREF / 8  
±VREF / 16  
2.65  
1.02  
0.96  
1.25  
1.02  
1.13  
1.40  
1.40  
1.77  
1.76  
1.65  
11.3  
22.5  
45  
0.86  
2.69  
0.82  
2.67  
0.94  
2.75  
61  
1.01  
2.98  
170  
187  
0.98  
INVALID OPERATING REGION  
Note  
43. The RMS noise (in volts) is the range (in volts) times noise in counts divided by 2^number of bits. RMS Noise = (Range × Counts) / 2^bits  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 83 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-31. Delta-sigma ADC DNL vs Output Code, 16-bit,  
48 ksps, 25 °C VDDA = 3.3 V  
Figure 11-32. Delta-sigma ADC INL vs Output Code, 16-bit,  
48 ksps, 25 °C VDDA = 3.3 V  
11.5.3 Voltage Reference  
Table 11-27. Voltage Reference Specifications  
See ADC external reference specifications in Section 11.5.2.  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Initial trimming  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
Precision reference voltage  
1.023  
1.024  
1.025  
V
REF  
(–0.1%)  
(+0.1%)  
[44]  
Temperature drift  
30  
ppm/°C  
ppm/Khr  
ppm  
[44]  
Long term drift  
100  
100  
[44]  
Thermal cycling drift (stability)  
Figure 11-33. Vref vs Temperature  
Figure 11-34. Vref Long-term Drift  
Note  
44. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 84 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.5.4 SAR ADC  
Table 11-28. SAR ADC DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Resolution  
12  
bits  
Number of channels – single-ended  
No of  
GPIO  
Number of channels – differential  
Differential pair is formed using a  
pair of neighboring GPIO.  
No of  
GPIO/2  
[45]  
Monotonicity  
Yes  
±0.1  
±2  
1
[46]  
Ge  
Gain error  
External reference  
%
mV  
mA  
V
V
Input offset voltage  
OS  
[45]  
I
Current consumption  
DD  
[45]  
Input voltage range – single-ended  
V
V
V
SSA  
DDA  
[45]  
Input voltage range – differential  
V
V
SSA  
DDA  
[45]  
PSRR  
CMRR  
INL  
Power supply rejection ratio  
70  
70  
dB  
dB  
LSB  
Common mode rejection ratio  
[45]  
Integral non linearity  
V
1.71 to 5.5 V, 1 Msps, V  
+2/–1.5  
DDA  
REF  
1 to 5.5 V  
V
2 to V  
2.0 to 3.6 V, 1 Msps, V  
±1.2  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
DDA  
REF  
DDA  
V
V
1.71 to 5.5 V, 500 ksps,  
1 to 5.5 V  
±1.3  
DDA  
REF  
[45]  
DNL  
Differential non linearity  
V
1.71 to 5.5 V, 1 Msps, V  
+2/–1  
DDA  
REF  
1 to 5.5 V  
V
2.0 to 3.6 V, 1 Msps, V  
1.7/–0.99  
DDA  
REF  
2 to V  
DDA  
No missing codes  
V
V
1.71 to 5.5 V, 500 ksps,  
1 to 5.5 V  
+2/–0.99  
LSB  
DDA  
REF  
No missing codes  
[45]  
R
Input resistance  
180  
kΩ  
IN  
Figure 11-35. SAR ADC DNL vs Output Code,  
Bypassed Internal Reference Mode  
Figure 11-36. SAR ADC INL vs Output Code,  
Bypassed Internal Reference Mode  
Notes  
45. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
46. For total analog system Idd < 5 mA, depending on package used. With higher total analog system currents it is recommended that the SAR ADC be used in differential  
mode.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 85 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-37. SAR ADC IDD vs sps, VDDA = 5 V, Continuous  
Sample Mode, External Reference Mode  
[48]  
Table 11-29. SAR ADC AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Fclk  
Description  
SAR clock frequency  
Conversion time  
Conditions  
Min  
1
Typ  
Max  
18  
Units  
MHz  
µs  
Tc  
One conversion requires 18 SAR  
clocks. Maximum sample rate is 1  
Msps  
1
18  
Startup time  
68  
10  
µs  
dB  
%
SINAD  
THD  
Signal-to-noise ratio  
Total harmonic distortion  
0.02  
Figure 11-38. SAR ADC Noise Histogram, 1000 samples,  
700 ksps, Internal Reference No Bypass, VIN = VREF/2  
Figure 11-39. SAR ADC Noise Histogram, 1000  
samples, 700 ksps, Internal Reference Bypassed, VIN  
VREF/2  
=
Note  
47. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 86 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-40. SAR ADC Noise Histogram, 1000 samples,  
700 ksps, External Reference, VIN = VREF/2  
11.5.5 Analog Globals  
Table 11-30. Analog Globals DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Rppag  
Description  
Conditions  
= 3.0 V  
Min  
Typ  
1500  
1200  
Max  
2200  
1700  
Units  
Ω
Ω
Resistance pin-to-pin through  
P2[4], AGL0, DSM INP, AGL1,  
V
V
DDA  
= 1.71 V  
DDA  
[49]  
P2[5]  
Rppmuxbus  
Resistance pin-to-pin through  
P2[3], amuxbusL, P2[4]  
V
V
= 3.0 V  
700  
600  
1100  
900  
Ω
Ω
DDA  
[49]  
= 1.71 V  
DDA  
Table 11-31. Analog Globals AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Inter-pair crosstalk for analog  
routes  
106  
dB  
[48]  
[49]  
BWag  
Analog globals 3 db bandwidth  
V
= 3.0 V, 25 °C  
26  
MHz  
DDA  
Notes  
48. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
49. The resistance of the analog global and analog mux bus is high if VDDA 2.7 V, and the chip is in either sleep or hibernate mode. Use of analog global and analog  
mux bus under these conditions is not recommended.  
50. This value is calculated, not measured.  
51. Pin P6[4] to del-sig ADC input; calculated, not measured.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 87 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.5.6 Comparator  
[52]  
Table 11-32. Comparator DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Input offset voltage in fast mode  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Factory trim, Vdda > 2.7 V,  
10  
mV  
Vin 0.5 V  
V
OS  
Input offset voltage in slow mode Factory trim, Vin 0.5 V  
9
4
4
mV  
mV  
mV  
mV  
[53]  
Input offset voltage in fast mode  
Input offset voltage in slow mode  
Custom trim  
Custom trim  
V
V
OS  
[53]  
Input offset voltage in ultra low  
power mode  
±12  
OS  
TCVos  
Temperaturecoefficient,inputoffset V  
= V  
= V  
/ 2, fast mode  
/ 2, slow mode  
63  
15  
10  
85  
20  
32  
µV/°C  
CM  
DDA  
voltage  
V
CM  
DDA  
V
V
Hysteresis  
Hysteresis enable mode  
High current / fast mode  
Low current / slow mode  
Ultra low power mode  
mV  
V
HYST  
Input common mode voltage  
V
V
ICM  
SSA  
SSA  
DDA  
DDA  
V
V
V
V
V
– 1.15  
V
SSA  
DDA  
CMRR  
Common mode rejection ratio  
High current mode/fast mode  
Low current mode/slow mode  
Ultra low power mode  
50  
dB  
µA  
µA  
µA  
I
400  
100  
CMP  
6
[52]  
Table 11-33. Comparator AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Response time, high current  
mode  
50 mV overdrive, measured  
pin-to-pin  
75  
110  
200  
ns  
ns  
µs  
[52]  
Response time, low current  
50 mV overdrive, measured  
pin-to-pin  
155  
55  
T
[52]  
RESP  
mode  
Response time, ultra low power  
50 mV overdrive, measured  
pin-to-pin  
[52]  
mode  
Notes  
52. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
53. The recommended procedure for using a custom trim value for the on-chip comparators can be found in the TRM.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 88 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.5.7 Current Digital-to-analog Converter (IDAC)  
All specifications are based on use of the low-resistance IDAC output pins (see Pin Descriptions on page 9 for details). See the IDAC  
component data sheet in PSoC Creator for full electrical specifications and APIs.  
Unless otherwise specified, all charts and graphs show typical values.  
Table 11-34. IDAC DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
8
Units  
bits  
Resolution  
I
Output current at code = 255  
Range = 2.04 mA, code = 255,  
2.04  
mA  
OUT  
V
2.7 V, Rload = 600 Ω  
DDA  
Range = 2.04 mA, High mode,  
code = 255, V 2.7 V,  
2.04  
mA  
DDA  
Rload = 300 Ω  
Range = 255 µA, code = 255,  
Rload = 600 Ω  
255  
µA  
µA  
Range = 31.875 µA, code = 255,  
31.875  
Rload = 600 Ω  
Monotonicity  
Zero scale error  
Gain error  
0
Yes  
±1  
Ezs  
Eg  
LSB  
%
Range = 2.04 mA  
Range = 255 µA  
Range = 31.875 µA  
Range = 2.04 mA  
Range = 255 µA  
Range = 31.875 µA  
±2.5  
±2.5  
±3.5  
0.045  
0.045  
0.05  
±1  
%
%
TC_Eg  
INL  
Temperature coefficient of gain  
error  
% / °C  
% / °C  
% / °C  
LSB  
Integral nonlinearity  
Sink mode, range = 255 µA, Codes  
8 – 255, Rload = 2.4 kΩ,  
Cload = 15 pF  
±0.9  
Source mode, range = 255 µA,  
Codes 8 – 255, Rload = 2.4 kΩ,  
Cload = 15 pF  
±1.2  
±0.9  
±0.9  
±0.9  
±0.6  
±1.5  
±2  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
Source mode, range = 31.875 µA,  
Codes 8 - 255, Rload = 20 k,  
[55]  
Cload = 15 pF  
Sink mode, range = 31.875 µA,  
±2  
Codes 8 - 255, Rload = 20 k,  
[55]  
Cload = 15 pF  
Souce mode, range = 2.04 mA,  
±2  
Codes 8 - 255, Rload = 600 ,  
[55]  
Cload = 15 pF  
Sink mode, range = 2.04 mA,  
±1  
Codes 8 - 255, Rload = 600 ,  
[55]  
Cload = 15 pF  
Notes  
54. The recommended procedure for using a custom trim value for the on-chip comparators can be found in the TRM.  
55. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 89 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-34. IDAC DC Specifications (continued)  
Parameter  
DNL  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Differential nonlinearity  
Sink mode, range = 255 µA,  
Rload = 2.4 kΩ, Cload = 15 pF  
±0.3  
±1  
LSB  
Source mode, range = 255 µA,  
Rload = 2.4 kΩ, Cload = 15 pF  
1
±0.3  
±0.2  
±0.2  
±0.2  
±0.2  
±1  
±1  
±1  
±1  
±1  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
V
Source mode, range = 31.875 µA,  
[56]  
Rload = 20 k, Cload = 15 pF  
Sink mode, range = 31.875 µA,  
[56]  
Rload = 20 k, Cload = 15 pF  
Source mode, range = 2.0 4 mA,  
[56]  
Rload = 600 , Cload = 15 pF  
Sink mode, range = 2.0 4 mA,  
Rload = 600 , Cload = 15 pF  
[56]  
Vcompliance  
Dropout voltage, source or sink  
mode  
Voltage headroom at max current,  
Rload to V  
or Rload to V  
,
DDA  
SSA  
V
from V  
DIFF  
DDA  
I
Operating current, code = 0  
Slow mode, source mode, range =  
31.875 µA  
44  
33  
100  
100  
100  
100  
100  
100  
500  
500  
500  
500  
500  
500  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
DD  
Slow mode, source mode, range =  
255 µA,  
Slow mode, source mode, range =  
2.04 mA  
33  
Slow mode, sink mode, range =  
31.875 µA  
36  
Slow mode, sink mode, range =  
255 µA  
33  
Slow mode, sink mode, range =  
2.04 mA  
33  
Fast mode, source mode, range =  
31.875 µA  
310  
305  
305  
310  
300  
300  
Fast mode, source mode, range =  
255 µA  
Fast mode, source mode, range =  
2.04 mA  
Fast mode, sink mode, range =  
31.875 µA  
Fast mode, sink mode, range =  
255 µA  
Fast mode, sink mode, range =  
2.04 mA  
Note  
56. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 90 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-41. IDAC INL vs Input Code, Range = 255 µA,  
Source Mode  
Figure 11-42. IDAC INL vs Input Code, Range = 255 µA, Sink  
Mode  
1.5  
1
0.5  
0
-0.5  
-1  
-1.5  
0
32  
64  
96  
128  
160  
192  
224  
256  
Code, 8-bit  
Figure 11-43. IDAC DNL vs Input Code, Range = 255 µA,  
Source Mode  
Figure 11-44. IDAC DNL vs Input Code, Range = 255 µA, Sink  
Mode  
Figure 11-45. IDAC INL vs Temperature, Range = 255 µA,  
Fast Mode  
Figure 11-46. IDAC DNL vs Temperature, Range = 255 µA,  
Fast Mode  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 91 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-47. IDAC Full Scale Error vs Temperature, Range  
= 255 µA, Source Mode  
Figure 11-48. IDAC Full Scale Error vs Temperature, Range  
= 255 µA, Sink Mode  
Figure 11-49. IDAC Operating Current vs Temperature,  
Range = 255 µA, Code = 0, Source Mode  
Figure 11-50. IDAC Operating Current vs Temperature,  
Range = 255 µA, Code = 0, Sink Mode  
[57]  
Table 11-35. IDAC AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Update rate  
Settling time to 0.5 LSB  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
8
125  
Units  
Msps  
ns  
F
T
DAC  
Range = 31.875 µA, full scale  
transition, fast mode, 600 Ω 15-pF  
load  
SETTLE  
Range = 255 µA, full scale  
transition, fast mode, 600 Ω 15-pF  
load  
Range=255 µA,sourcemode,fast  
mode, Vdda = 5 V, 10 kHz  
125  
ns  
Current noise  
340  
pA/sqrtHz  
Note  
57. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 92 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-51. IDAC Step Response, Codes 0x40 - 0xC0,  
255 µA Mode, Source Mode, Fast Mode, Vdda = 5 V  
Figure 11-52. IDAC Glitch Response, Codes 0x7F - 0x80,  
255 µA Mode, Source Mode, Fast Mode, Vdda = 5 V  
Figure 11-53. IDAC PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 11-54. IDAC Current Noise, 255 µA Mode,  
Source Mode, Fast Mode, Vdda = 5 V  
60  
100000  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
Current Noise is proportional to Scale * Code  
10000  
1000  
100  
10  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
1000  
10000  
Frequency, kHz  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
1000  
255 )A, code 0x7F  
255 )A, code 0xFF  
Frequency, kHz  
Code 0xFF  
Code 0x40  
11.5.8 Voltage Digital to Analog Converter (VDAC)  
See the VDAC component datasheet in PSoC Creator for full electrical specifications and APIs.  
Unless otherwise specified, all charts and graphs show typical values.  
Table 11-36. VDAC DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
8
Max  
Units  
Resolution  
bits  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
kΩ  
INL1  
Integral nonlinearity  
Integral nonlinearity  
1 V scale  
4 V scale  
1 V scale  
4 V scale  
1 V scale  
4 V scale  
±2.1  
±2.1  
±0.3  
±0.3  
4
±2.5  
±2.5  
±1  
±1  
[58]  
INL4  
DNL1  
DNL4  
Rout  
Differential nonlinearity  
Differential nonlinearity  
Output resistance  
[58]  
16  
kΩ  
V
Output voltage range, code = 255 1 V scale  
4 V scale, Vdda = 5 V  
1.02  
4.08  
V
OUT  
V
Note  
58. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 93 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-36. VDAC DC Specifications (continued)  
Parameter Description  
Monotonicity  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Yes  
Units  
V
Zero scale error  
Gain error  
0
±0.9  
±2.5  
±2.5  
0.03  
0.03  
100  
LSB  
OS  
Eg  
1 V scale  
4 V scale  
%
%
TC_Eg  
Temperature coefficient, gain error 1 V scale  
%FSR / °C  
%FSR / °C  
µA  
4 V scale  
[59]  
I
Operating current  
Slow mode  
Fast mode  
DD  
500  
µA  
Figure 11-55. VDAC INL vs Input Code, 1 V Mode  
Figure 11-56. VDAC DNL vs Input Code, 1 V Mode  
Figure 11-57. VDAC INL vs Temperature, 1 V Mode  
Figure 11-58. VDAC DNL vs Temperature, 1 V Mode  
Note  
59. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 94 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-59. VDAC Full Scale Error vs Temperature, 1 V  
Mode  
Figure 11-60. VDAC Full Scale Error vs Temperature, 4 V  
Mode  
Figure 11-61. VDAC Operating Current vs Temperature, 1V  
Mode, Slow Mode  
Figure 11-62. VDAC Operating Current vs Temperature, 1 V  
Mode, Fast Mode  
[60]  
Table 11-37. VDAC AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Update rate  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
1000  
250  
1
Units  
ksps  
ksps  
µs  
F
1 V scale  
4 V scale  
DAC  
TsettleP  
TsettleN  
Settling time to 0.1%, step 25% to 1 V scale, Cload = 15 pF  
75%  
0.45  
4 V scale, Cload = 15 pF  
0.8  
3.2  
1
µs  
µs  
Settling time to 0.1%, step 75% to 1 V scale, Cload = 15 pF  
25%  
0.45  
4 V scale, Cload = 15 pF  
0.7  
3
µs  
Voltage noise  
Range = 1 V, fast mode, Vdda =  
5 V, 10 kHz  
750  
nV/sqrtHz  
Note  
60. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 95 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-63. VDAC Step Response, Codes 0x40 - 0xC0, 1 V  
Mode, Fast Mode, Vdda = 5 V  
Figure 11-64. VDAC Glitch Response, Codes 0x7F - 0x80,  
1 V Mode, Fast Mode, Vdda = 5 V  
1
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
0
0.5  
1
1.5  
2
Time, μs  
Figure 11-65. VDAC PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 11-66. VDAC Voltage Noise, 1 V Mode, Fast Mode,  
Vdda = 5 V  
50  
100000  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
Voltage Noise is proportional to Scale * Code  
10000  
1000  
100  
10  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
1000  
Frequency, kHz  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
1000  
4 V, code 0x7F  
4 V, code 0xFF  
Frequency, kHz  
Code 0xFF  
Code 0x40  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 96 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.5.9 Mixer  
The mixer is created using a SC/CT analog block; see the Mixer component datasheet in PSoC Creator for full electrical specifications  
and APIs.  
Table 11-38. Mixer DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Input offset voltage  
Conditions  
High power mode, V = 1.024 V,  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
15  
mV  
OS  
IN  
V
= 1.024 V  
REF  
Quiescent current  
Gain  
0.9  
0
2
mA  
dB  
G
[61]  
Table 11-39. Mixer AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
4
Units  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
V/µs  
f
Local oscillator frequency  
Input signal frequency  
Local oscillator frequency  
Input signal frequency  
Slew rate  
Down mixer mode  
Down mixer mode  
Up mixer mode  
Up mixer mode  
LO  
f
14  
1
in  
f
LO  
f
1
in  
SR  
3
11.5.10 Transimpedance Amplifier  
The TIA is created using a SC/CT analog block; see the TIA component datasheet in PSoC Creator for full electrical specifications  
and APIs.  
Table 11-40. Transimpedance Amplifier (TIA) DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Input offset voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
10  
Units  
mV  
%
V
IOFF  
[62]  
Rconv  
Conversion resistance  
R = 20K; 40 pF load  
–25  
–25  
–25  
–25  
–25  
–25  
–25  
–25  
+35  
+35  
+35  
+35  
+35  
+35  
+35  
+35  
2
R = 30K; 40 pF load  
R = 40K; 40 pF load  
R = 80K; 40 pF load  
R = 120K; 40 pF load  
R = 250K; 40 pF load  
R= 500K; 40 pF load  
R = 1M; 40 pF load  
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
[61]  
Quiescent current  
1.1  
mA  
[61]  
Table 11-41. Transimpedance Amplifier (TIA) AC Specifications  
Parameter  
BW  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Input bandwidth (–3 dB)  
R = 20K; –40 pF load  
1200  
kHz  
R = 120K; –40 pF load  
R = 1M; –40 pF load  
240  
25  
kHz  
kHz  
Notes  
61. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
62. Conversion resistance values are not calibrated. Calibrated values and details about calibrationare provided in PSoC Creator component datasheets. External precision  
resistors can also be used.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 97 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.5.11 Programmable Gain Amplifier  
The PGA is created using a SC/CT analog block; see the PGA component datasheet in PSoC Creator for full electrical specifications  
and APIs.  
Unless otherwise specified, operating conditions are:  
Operating temperature = 25 °C for typical values  
Unless otherwise specified, all charts and graphs show typical values  
Table 11-42. PGA DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Vin  
Description  
Input voltage range  
Input offset voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Vssa  
Typ  
Max  
Vdda  
10  
Units  
V
Power mode = minimum  
Vos  
Power mode = high,  
gain = 1  
mV  
TCVos  
Input offset voltage drift  
with temperature  
Power mode = high,  
gain = 1  
±30  
µV/°C  
Ge1  
Gain error, gain = 1  
Gain error, gain = 16  
Gain error, gain = 50  
DC output nonlinearity  
±0.15  
±2.5  
±5  
%
%
%
Ge16  
Ge50  
Vonl  
Gain = 1  
±0.01  
% of  
FSR  
Cin  
Input capacitance  
7
pF  
V
Voh  
Output voltage swing  
Power mode = high,  
V
– 0.15  
DDA  
gain = 1, Rload = 100 kΩ  
to V  
/ 2  
DDA  
Vol  
Output voltage swing  
Power mode = high,  
V
+ 0.15  
V
SSA  
gain = 1, Rload = 100 kΩ  
to V  
/ 2  
DDA  
Vsrc  
Output voltage under load  
Iload = 250 µA, Vdda ≥  
2.7V, power mode = high  
300  
mV  
[63]  
Idd  
Operating current  
Power mode = high  
1.5  
1.65  
mA  
dB  
PSRR  
Power supply rejection  
ratio  
48  
Figure 11-67. PGA Voffset Histogram, 4096 samples/  
1024 parts  
Note  
63. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 98 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
[64]  
Table 11-43. PGA AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
–3 dB bandwidth  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
BW1  
Power mode = high,  
gain = 1, input = 100 mV  
peak-to-peak  
6.7  
8
MHz  
SR1  
Slew rate  
Power mode = high,  
gain = 1, 20% to 80%  
3
V/µs  
e
Input noise density  
Power mode = high,  
43  
nV/sqrtHz  
n
Vdda = 5 V, at 100 kHz  
Figure 11-68. Bandwidth vs. Temperature, at Different Gain  
Settings, Power Mode = High  
Figure 11-69. Noise vs. Frequency, Vdda = 5 V,  
Power Mode = High  
1000  
100  
10  
10  
1
0.1  
-40  
-20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
1000  
Temperature, °C  
Gain = 24  
Frequency, kHz  
Gain = 1  
Gain = 48  
11.5.12 Temperature Sensor  
Table 11-44. Temperature Sensor Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Range: –40 °C to +85 °C  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Temp sensor accuracy  
±5  
°C  
11.5.13 LCD Direct Drive  
[64]  
Table 11-43. LCD Direct Drive DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
LCD Block (no glass)  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
I
Device sleep mode with wakeup at  
400Hz rate to refresh LCD, bus, clock =  
3MHz, Vddio = Vdda = 3V, 8 commons,  
16 segments, 1/5 duty cycle, 40 Hz  
frame rate, no glass connected  
81  
μA  
CC  
I
Current per segment driver  
LCD bias range (V refers to the  
main output voltage(V0) of LCD DAC)  
Strong drive mode  
2
260  
5
µA  
V
CC_SEG  
V
V
3 V and V  
V  
V  
BIAS  
BIAS  
DDA  
DDA  
BIAS  
LCD bias step size  
V
3 V and V  
9.1 × V  
mV  
pF  
DDA  
DDA  
BIAS  
DDA  
LCD capacitance per segment/  
common driver  
Drivers may be combined  
500  
5000  
Maximum segment DC offset  
V
V
3 V and V  
V  
20  
mV  
µA  
DDA  
DDA  
BIAS  
I
Output drive current per segment  
driver)  
= 5.5 V, strong drive mode  
355  
710  
OUT  
DDIO  
Note  
64. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 99 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-44. LCD Direct Drive AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
LCD frame rate  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
f
10  
50  
150  
Hz  
LCD  
11.6 Digital Peripherals  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted.  
11.6.1 Timer  
The following specifications apply to the Timer/Counter/PWM peripheral in timer mode. Timers can also be implemented in UDBs; for  
more information, see the Timer component datasheet in PSoC Creator.  
Table 11-45. Timer DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Block current consumption  
16-bit timer, at listed input clock  
frequency  
µA  
3 MHz  
15  
60  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
12 MHz  
48 MHz  
67 MHz  
260  
350  
Table 11-46. Timer AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Operating frequency  
Capture pulse width (Internal)  
Conditions  
Min  
DC  
15  
30  
15  
15  
30  
15  
30  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
MHz  
ns  
67.01  
[65]  
Capture pulse width (external)  
ns  
[65]  
Timer resolution  
ns  
[65]  
Enable pulse width  
ns  
Enable pulse width (external)  
ns  
[65]  
Reset pulse width  
ns  
Reset pulse width (external)  
ns  
11.6.2 Counter  
The following specifications apply to the Timer/Counter/PWM peripheral, in counter mode. Counters can also be implemented in  
UDBs; for more information, see the Counter component datasheet in PSoC Creator.  
Table 11-47. Counter DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Block current consumption  
16-bit counter, at listed input clock  
frequency  
µA  
3 MHz  
15  
60  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
12 MHz  
48 MHz  
67 MHz  
260  
350  
Note  
65. For correct operation, the minimum Timer/Counter/PWM input pulse width is the period of bus clock.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 100 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-48. Counter AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Operating frequency  
Conditions  
Min  
DC  
15  
15  
15  
30  
15  
30  
15  
30  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
MHz  
ns  
67.01  
[66]  
Capture pulse  
[66]  
Resolution  
ns  
[66]  
Pulse width  
ns  
Pulse width (external)  
ns  
[66]  
Enable pulse width  
ns  
Enable pulse width (external)  
ns  
[66]  
Reset pulse width  
ns  
Reset pulse width (external)  
ns  
11.6.3 Pulse Width Modulation  
The following specifications apply to the Timer/Counter/PWM peripheral, in PWM mode. PWM components can also be implemented  
in UDBs; for more information, see the PWM component datasheet in PSoC Creator.  
Table 11-49. PWM DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Block current consumption  
16-bit PWM, at listed input clock  
frequency  
µA  
3 MHz  
15  
60  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
12 MHz  
48 MHz  
67 MHz  
260  
350  
Table 11-50. PWM AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Operating frequency  
Conditions  
Min  
DC  
15  
30  
15  
30  
15  
30  
15  
30  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
MHz  
ns  
67.01  
[66]  
Pulse width  
Pulse width (external)  
ns  
[66]  
Kill pulse width  
ns  
Kill pulse width (external)  
ns  
[66]  
Enable pulse width  
ns  
Enable pulse width (external)  
ns  
[66]  
Reset pulse width  
ns  
Reset pulse width (external)  
ns  
11.6.4 I2C  
Table 11-51. Fixed I2C DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
250  
260  
Units  
µA  
Block current consumption  
Enabled, configured for 100 kbps  
Enabled, configured for 400 kbps  
µA  
Note  
66. For correct operation, the minimum Timer/Counter/PWM input pulse width is the period of bus clock.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 101 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-52. Fixed I2C AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Bit rate  
1
Mbps  
11.6.5 Controller Area Network[67]  
Table 11-55. CAN DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
I
Block current consumption  
200  
µA  
DD  
Table 11-56. CAN AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Bit rate  
Minimum 8 MHz clock  
1
Mbit  
11.6.6 Digital Filter Block  
Table 11-57. DFB DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
DFB operating current  
64-tap FIR at F  
DFB  
500 kHz (6.7 ksps)  
1 MHz (13.4 ksps)  
10 MHz (134 ksps)  
48 MHz (644 ksps)  
67 MHz (900 ksps)  
0.16  
0.33  
3.3  
0.27  
0.53  
5.3  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
15.7  
21.8  
25.5  
35.6  
Table 11-58. DFB AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
F
DFB operating frequency  
DC  
67.01  
MHz  
DFB  
Note  
67. Refer to ISO 11898 specification for details.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 102 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.6.7 USB  
Table 11-59. USB DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
V
V
Device supply for USB operation  
USB configured, USB regulator  
enabled  
4.35  
5.25  
V
USB_5  
USB configured, USB regulator  
bypassed  
3.15  
2.85  
3.6  
3.6  
V
V
USB_3.3  
USB configured, USB regulator  
USB_3  
[68]  
bypassed  
I
Devicesupplycurrentindeviceactive V  
= 5 V, F = 1.5 MHz  
CPU  
10  
8
mA  
mA  
mA  
USB_Configured  
DDD  
DDD  
DDD  
mode, bus clock and IMO = 24 MHz  
V
= 3.3 V, F  
= 1.5 MHz  
CPU  
I
Device supply current in device sleep V  
mode  
= 5 V, connected to USB  
0.5  
USB_Suspended  
host, PICU configured to wake on  
USB resume signal  
V
= 5 V, disconnected from  
0.3  
0.5  
mA  
mA  
DDD  
USB host  
V
= 3.3 V, connected to USB  
DDD  
host, PICU configured to wake on  
USB resume signal  
V
= 3.3 V, disconnected from  
0.3  
mA  
DDD  
USB host  
11.6.8 Universal Digital Blocks (UDBs)  
PSoC Creator provides a library of pre-built and tested standard digital peripherals (UART, SPI, LIN, PRS, CRC, timer, counter, PWM,  
AND, OR, and so on) that are mapped to the UDB array. See the component datasheets in PSoC Creator for full AC/DC specifications,  
APIs, and example code.  
Table 11-60. UDB AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Datapath Performance  
F
F
F
Maximum frequency of 16-bit timer in  
a UDB pair  
67.01  
67.01  
67.01  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MAX_TIMER  
MAX_ADDER  
MAX_CRC  
Maximum frequency of 16-bit adder in  
a UDB pair  
Maximum frequency of 16-bit  
CRC/PRS in a UDB pair  
PLD Performance  
F
Maximum frequency of a two-pass  
PLD function in a UDB pair  
67.01  
MHz  
MAX_PLD  
Clock to Output Performance  
t
Propagation delay for clock in to data 25 °C, Vddd 2.7 V  
out, see Figure 11-70.  
20  
25  
55  
ns  
ns  
CLK_OUT  
t
Propagation delay for clock in to data Worst-case placement, routing,  
out, see Figure 11-70. and pin selection  
CLK_OUT  
Note  
68. Rise/fall time matching (TR) not guaranteed, see USB Driver AC Specifications[37] on page 76.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 103 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-70. Clock to Output Performance  
11.7 Memory  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted.  
11.7.1 Flash  
Table 11-61. Flash DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Erase and program voltage  
V
pin  
1.71  
5.5  
V
DDD  
Table 11-62. Flash AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Row write time (erase + program)  
Row erase time  
Min  
Typ  
15  
10  
5
Max  
20  
13  
7
Units  
ms  
T
T
WRITE  
ERASE  
ms  
Row program time  
ms  
T
T
Bulk erase time (256 KB)  
Sector erase time (16 KB)  
Total device programming time  
Flash data retention time, retention  
140  
15  
7.5  
ms  
BULK  
ms  
[69]  
No overhead  
5
seconds  
years  
PROG  
Average ambient temp.  
20  
period measured from last erase cycle T 55 °C, 100 K erase/  
A
program cycles  
Average ambient temp.  
10  
T 85 °C, 10 K erase/  
A
program cycles  
Note  
69. See PSoC 5 Device Programming Specifications for a description of a low-overhead method of programming PSoC 5 flash.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 104 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.7.2 EEPROM  
Table 11-63. EEPROM DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Erase and program voltage  
1.71  
5.5  
V
Table 11-64. EEPROM AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Min  
Typ  
10  
Max  
20  
Units  
ms  
T
Single row erase/write cycle time  
WRITE  
EEPROM data retention time, retention Average ambient temp, T 25 °C,  
period measured from last erase cycle 1M erase/program cycles  
20  
years  
A
Average ambient temp, T 55 °C,  
20  
10  
A
100 K erase/program cycles  
Average ambient temp. T 85 °C,  
A
10 K erase/program cycles  
11.7.3 Nonvolatile Latches (NVL)  
Table 11-65. NVL DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Erase and program voltage  
V
pin  
1.71  
5.5  
V
DDD  
Table 11-66. NVL AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
NVL endurance  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Programmed at 25 °C  
1K  
program/  
erase  
cycles  
Programmed at 0 °C to 70 °C  
100  
program/  
erase  
cycles  
NVL data retention time  
Average ambient temp. T 55 °C  
20  
10  
years  
years  
A
Average ambient temp. T 85 °C  
A
11.7.4 SRAM  
Table 11-67. SRAM DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
V
SRAM retention voltage  
1.2  
V
SRAM  
Table 11-68. SRAM AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
F
SRAM operating frequency  
DC  
67.01  
MHz  
SRAM  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 105 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.7.5 External Memory Interface  
Figure 11-71. Asynchronous Write and Read Cycle Timing, No Wait States  
Tbus_clock  
Bus Clock  
EM_Addr  
EM_CE  
EM_WE  
EM_OE  
Twr_setup  
Trd_hold  
Trd_setup  
EM_Data  
Write Cycle  
Read Cycle  
Minimum of 4 bus clock cycles between successive EMIF accesses  
Table 11-69. Asynchronous Write and Read Timing Specifications  
[26]  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
33  
Units  
[70]  
Fbus_clock Bus clock frequency  
MHz  
ns  
[71]  
Tbus_clock Bus clock period  
30.3  
Twr_Setup Time from EM_data valid to rising edge of  
EM_WE and EM_CE  
Tbus_clock – 10  
ns  
Trd_setup  
Time that EM_data must be valid before rising  
edge of EM_OE  
5
5
ns  
ns  
Trd_hold  
Time that EM_data must be valid after rising  
edge of EM_OE  
Notes  
70. EMIF signal timings are limited by GPIO frequency limitations. See “GPIO” section on page 69.  
71. EMIF output signals are generally synchronized to bus clock, so EMIF signal timings are dependent on bus clock frequency.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 106 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 11-72. Synchronous Write and Read Cycle Timing, No Wait States  
Tbus_clock  
Bus Clock  
EM_Clock  
EM_Addr  
EM_CE  
EM_ADSC  
EM_WE  
EM_OE  
Twr_setup  
Trd_hold  
Trd_setup  
EM_Data  
Write Cycle  
Read Cycle  
Minimum of 4 bus clock cycles between successive EMIF accesses  
Table 11-70. Synchronous Write and Read Timing Specifications  
[26]  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
33  
Units  
[72]  
Fbus_clock Bus clock frequency  
MHz  
ns  
[73]  
Tbus_clock Bus clock period  
30.3  
Twr_Setup Time from EM_data valid to rising edge of  
EM_Clock  
Tbus_clock – 10  
ns  
Trd_setup  
Time that EM_data must be valid before rising  
edge of EM_OE  
5
5
ns  
ns  
Trd_hold  
Time that EM_data must be valid after rising  
edge of EM_OE  
Notes  
72. EMIF signal timings are limited by GPIO frequency limitations. See “GPIO” section on page 69.  
73. EMIF output signals are generally synchronized to bus clock, so EMIF signal timings are dependent on bus clock frequency.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 107 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.8 PSoC System Resources  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted.  
11.8.1 POR with Brown Out  
For brown out detect in regulated mode, V  
mode.  
and V  
must be 2.0 V. Brown out detect is not available in externally regulated  
DDD  
DDA  
Table 11-71. Precise Low-Voltage Reset (PRES) with Brown Out DC Specifications  
Parameter  
PRESR  
Description  
Rising trip voltage  
Falling trip voltage  
Conditions  
Factory trim  
Min  
1.64  
1.62  
Typ  
Max  
1.68  
1.66  
Units  
V
V
PRESF  
Table 11-72. Power-On-Reset (POR) with Brown Out AC Specifications  
Parameter Description Conditions  
Response time  
/V droop rate  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
0.5  
Units  
µs  
[74]  
PRES_TR  
V
Sleep mode  
5
V/sec  
DDD DDA  
11.8.2 Voltage Monitors  
Table 11-73. Voltage Monitors DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
LVI  
Trip voltage  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0000b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0001b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0010b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0011b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0100b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0101b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0110b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 0111b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1000b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1001b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1010b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1011b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1100b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1101b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1110b  
LVI_A/D_SEL[3:0] = 1111b  
Trip voltage  
1.68  
1.89  
2.14  
2.38  
2.62  
2.87  
3.11  
3.35  
3.59  
3.84  
4.08  
4.32  
4.56  
4.83  
5.05  
5.30  
5.57  
1.73  
1.95  
2.20  
2.45  
2.71  
2.95  
3.21  
3.46  
3.70  
3.95  
4.20  
4.45  
4.70  
4.98  
5.21  
5.47  
5.75  
1.77  
2.01  
2.27  
2.53  
2.79  
3.04  
3.31  
3.56  
3.81  
4.07  
4.33  
4.59  
4.84  
5.13  
5.37  
5.63  
5.92  
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
HVI  
Table 11-74. Voltage Monitors AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Response time  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
[74]  
LVI_tr  
1
µs  
Note  
74. This value is calculated, not measured.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 108 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.8.3 Interrupt Controller  
Table 11-75. Interrupt Controller AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Delay from interrupt signal input to ISR  
code execution from main line code  
12  
Tcy CPU  
[75]  
Delay from interrupt signal input to ISR  
code execution from ISR code  
(tail-chaining)  
6
Tcy CPU  
[75]  
11.8.4 JTAG Interface  
Figure 11-73. JTAG Interface Timing  
(1/f_TCK)  
TCK  
TDI  
T_TDI_setup  
T_TDI_hold  
T_TDO_hold  
T_TDO_valid  
TDO  
TMS  
T_TMS_setup  
T_TMS_hold  
[76]  
Table 11-76. JTAG Interface AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
f_TCK TCK frequency  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
MHz  
MHz  
ns  
[77]  
3.3 V V  
5 V  
12  
DDD  
[77]  
1.71 V V  
< 3.3 V  
7
DDD  
T_TDI_setup  
T_TMS_setup  
T_TDI_hold  
T_TDO_valid  
T_TDO_hold  
T_nTRST  
TDI setup before TCK high  
TMS setup before TCK high  
TDI, TMS hold after TCK high  
TCK low to TDO valid  
(T/10) – 5  
T/4  
T/4  
T = 1/f_TCK max  
T = 1/f_TCK max  
T = 1/f_TCK max  
f_TCK = 2 MHz  
2T/5  
TDO hold after TCK high  
Minimum nTRST pulse width  
T/4  
8
ns  
Notes  
75. ARM Cortex-M3 NVIC spec. Visit www.arm.com for detailed documentation about the Cortex-M3 CPU.  
76. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
77. f_TCK must also be no more than 1/3 CPU clock frequency.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 109 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.8.5 SWD Interface  
Figure 11-74. SWD Interface Timing  
(1/f_SWDCK)  
SWDCK  
T_SWDI_setup  
T_SWDI_hold  
SWDIO  
(PSoC input)  
T_SWDO_valid  
T_SWDO_hold  
SWDIO  
(PSoC output)  
[79]  
Table 11-77. SWD Interface AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
SWDCLK frequency  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
[81]  
f_SWDCK  
3.3 V V  
1.71 V V  
1.71 V V  
5 V  
12  
DDD  
[81]  
< 3.3 V  
7
DDD  
[81]  
< 3.3 V, SWD over  
5.5  
DDD  
USBIO pins  
T_SWDI_setup SWDIO input setup before SWDCK high T = 1/f_SWDCK max  
T/4  
T/4  
T_SWDI_hold SWDIO input hold after SWDCK high  
T_SWDO_valid SWDCK high to SWDIO output  
T = 1/f_SWDCK max  
T = 1/f_SWDCK max  
T/2  
T_SWDO_hold SWDIO output hold after SWDCK high T = 1/f_SWDCK max  
1
ns  
11.8.6 TPIU Interface  
[79]  
Table 11-78. TPIU Interface AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
TRACEPORT (TRACECLK) frequency  
SWV bit rate  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
MHz  
Mbit  
[82]  
33  
[82]  
33  
Notes  
78. ARM Cortex-M3 NVIC spec. Visit www.arm.com for detailed documentation about the Cortex-M3 CPU.  
79. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
80. f_TCK must also be no more than 1/3 CPU clock frequency.  
81. f_SWDCK must also be no more than 1/3 CPU clock frequency.  
82. TRACEPORT signal frequency and bit rate are limited by GPIO output frequency, see “GPIO AC Specifications[31]” on page 70.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 110 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.9 Clocking  
Specifications are valid for –40 °C T 85 °C and T 100 °C, except where noted. Specifications are valid for 1.71 V to 5.5 V,  
A
J
except where noted. Unless otherwise specified, all charts and graphs show typical values  
11.9.1 Internal Main Oscillator  
Table 11-79. IMO DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Supply current  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
62.6 MHz  
600  
500  
500  
300  
200  
180  
150  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
µA  
48 MHz  
24 MHz – USB mode  
24 MHz – non-USB mode  
12 MHz  
With oscillator locking to USB bus  
Icc_imo  
6 MHz  
3 MHz  
Figure 11-75. IMO Current vs. Frequency  
Table 11-80. IMO AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
IMO frequency stability (with factory trim)  
62.6 MHz  
–7  
–5  
7
5
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
µs  
48 MHz  
24 MHz – non-USB mode  
24 MHz – USB mode  
12 MHz  
–4  
4
F
IMO  
With oscillator locking to USB bus  
–0.25  
–3  
0.25  
3
6 MHz  
–2  
2
3 MHz  
–1  
1
[83]  
Tstart_imo Startup time  
Fromenable(duringnormalsystem  
operation)  
13  
Note  
83. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 111 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 11-80. IMO AC Specifications (continued)  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
[84]  
Jitter (peak to peak)  
Jp-p  
F = 24 MHz  
F = 3 MHz  
0.9  
1.6  
ns  
ns  
[85]  
Jitter (long term)  
F = 24 MHz  
F = 3 MHz  
Jperiod  
0.9  
12  
ns  
ns  
Figure 11-76. IMO Frequency Variation vs. Temperature  
Figure 11-77. IMO Frequency Variation vs. VCC  
Note  
84. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
85. Based on device characterization (Not production tested). USBIO pins tied to ground (VSSD).  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 112 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.0.1 Internal Low-Speed Oscillator  
Table 11-81. ILO DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
1.7  
2.6  
2.6  
15  
Units  
µA  
[86]  
Operating current  
F
F
F
= 1 kHz  
OUT  
OUT  
OUT  
I
= 33 kHz  
= 100 kHz  
µA  
CC  
µA  
[86]  
Leakage current  
Power down mode  
nA  
Table 11-82. ILO AC Specifications  
Parameter Description  
Conditions  
Turbo mode  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Tstart_ilo Startup time, all frequencies  
2
ms  
ILO frequencies (trimmed)  
100 kHz  
1 kHz  
45  
100  
1
200  
2
kHz  
kHz  
0.5  
F
ILO  
ILO frequencies (untrimmed)  
100 kHz  
1 kHz  
30  
100  
1
300  
3.5  
kHz  
kHz  
0.3  
Figure 11-78. ILO Frequency Variation vs. Temperature  
Figure 11-79. ILO Frequency Variation vs. VDD  
50  
20  
25  
0
10  
0
100 kHz  
1 kHz  
100 kHz  
1 kHz  
-25  
-10  
-20  
-50  
-40  
-20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
1.5  
2.5  
3.5  
4.5  
5.5  
Temperature, °C  
VDDD, V  
Note  
86. This value is calculated, not measured.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 113 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
11.9.4 MHz External Crystal Oscillator  
For more information on crystal or ceramic resonator selection for the MHzECO, refer to application note AN54439: PSoC 3 and  
PSoC 5 External Oscillators.  
Table 11-83. MHzECO AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
F
Crystal frequency range  
4
25  
MHz  
11.9.5 kHz External Crystal Oscillator  
[83]  
Table 11-84. kHzECO DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Operating current  
Drive level  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
0.25  
Max  
1.0  
1
Units  
µA  
I
Low power mode; CL = 6 pF  
CC  
DL  
µW  
Table 11-85. kHzECO AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
32.768  
1
Max  
Units  
kHz  
s
F
Frequency  
T
Startup time  
High power mode  
ON  
11.9.6 External Clock Reference  
Table 11-86. External Clock Reference AC Specifications  
[87]  
Parameter  
Description  
External frequency range  
Input duty cycle range  
Input edge rate  
Conditions  
Min  
0
Typ  
Max  
33  
70  
Units  
MHz  
%
Measured at V /2  
30  
0.5  
50  
DDIO  
V
to V  
V/ns  
IL  
IH  
11.9.7 Phase-Locked Loop  
Table 11-87. PLL DC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
PLL operating current  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
400  
200  
Max  
Units  
µA  
I
In = 3 MHz, Out = 67 MHz  
In = 3 MHz, Out = 24 MHz  
DD  
µA  
Table 11-88. PLL AC Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
1
Typ  
Max  
48  
Units  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
µs  
[88]  
Fpllin  
PLL input frequency  
[89]  
PLL intermediate frequency  
Output of prescaler  
1
3
[88]  
Fpllout  
PLL output frequency  
24  
67  
Lock time at startup  
250  
250  
[87]  
Jperiod-rms Jitter (rms)  
ps  
Notes  
87. Based on device characterization (Not production tested).  
88. This specification is guaranteed by testing the PLL across the specified range using the IMO as the source for the PLL.  
89. PLL input divider, Q, must be set so that the input frequency is divided down to the intermediate frequency range. Value for Q ranges from 1 to 16.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 114 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
12. Ordering Information  
In addition to the features listed in Table 12-1, every CY8C58LP device includes: up to 256 KB flash, 64 KB SRAM, 2 KB EEPROM,  
2
a precision on-chip voltage reference, precision oscillators, flash, ECC, DMA, a fixed function I C, JTAG/SWD programming and  
debug, external memory interface, boost, and more. In addition to these features, the flexible UDBs and analog subsection support  
a wide range of peripherals. To assist you in selecting the ideal part, PSoC Creator makes a part recommendation after you choose  
the components required by your application. All CY8C58LP derivatives incorporate device and flash security in user-selectable  
security levels; see the TRM for details.  
Table 12-1. CY8C58LP Family with ARM Cortex-M3 CPU  
MCU Core  
Analog  
Digital  
I/O[92]  
Part Number  
Package  
JTAG ID[93]  
CY8C5868AXI-LP031 67 256 64  
CY8C5868AXI-LP032 67 256 64  
CY8C5868AXI-LP035 67 256 64  
CY8C5868LTI-LP036 67 256 64  
CY8C5868LTI-LP038 67 256 64  
CY8C5868LTI-LP039 67 256 64  
CY8C5867AXI-LP023 67 128 32  
CY8C5867AXI-LP024 67 128 32  
CY8C5867LTI-LP025 67 128 32  
CY8C5867LTI-LP028 67 128 32  
CY8C5866AXI-LP020 67 64 16  
CY8C5866AXI-LP021 67 64 16  
CY8C5866LTI-LP022 67 64 16  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
2
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 24  
✔ ✔ 20  
✔ ✔ 20  
✔ ✔ 20  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
70 62  
72 62  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0
2
2
0
2
2
0
2
0
2
2
2
2
100-TQFP 0x2E11F069  
100-TQFP 0x2E120069  
100-TQFP 0x2E123069  
2x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
2x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
72 62  
2x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
46 38  
48 38  
68-QFN  
68-QFN  
0x2E124069  
0x2E126069  
0x2E127069  
0x2E117069  
0x2E118069  
0x2E119069  
0x2E11C069  
0x2E114069  
0x2E115069  
0x2E116069  
2x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
2x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
48 38  
68-QFN  
2x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
70 62  
72 62  
46 38  
48 38  
100-TQFP  
100-TQFP  
68-QFN  
1x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
1x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
1x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
68-QFN  
1x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
72 62  
100-TQFP  
100-TQFP  
68-QFN  
1x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
72 62  
48 38  
1x12-bit SAR  
1x20-bitDel-Sig  
1x12-bit SAR  
Notes  
90. Analog blocks support a wide variety of functionality including TIA, PGA, and mixers. See Example Peripherals on page 36 for more information on how analog blocks  
can be used.  
91. UDBs support a wide variety of functionality including SPI, LIN, UART, timer, counter, PWM, PRS, and others. Individual functions may use a fraction of a UDB or  
multiple UDBs. Multiple functions can share a single UDB. See Example Peripherals on page 36 for more information on how UDBs can be used.  
92. The I/O Count includes all types of digital I/O: GPIO, SIO, and the two USB I/O. See “I/O System and Routing” section on page 29 for details on the functionality of  
each of these types of I/O.  
93. The JTAG ID has three major fields. The most significant nibble (left digit) is the version, followed by a 2 byte part number and a 3 nibble manufacturer ID.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 115 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
12.1 Part Numbering Conventions  
PSoC 5LP devices follow the part numbering convention described here. All fields are single character alphanumeric (0, 1, 2, …, 9,  
A, B, …, Z) unless stated otherwise.  
CY8Cabcdefg-LPxxx  
a: Architecture  
3: PSoC 3  
5: PSoC 5  
ef: Package code  
Two character alphanumeric  
AX: TQFP  
LT: QFN  
PV: SSOP  
b: Family group within architecture  
2: CY8C52LP family  
g: Temperature range  
C: commercial  
I: industrial  
4: CY8C54LP family  
6: CY8C56LP family  
8: CY8C58LP family  
A: automotive  
c: Speed grade  
6: 67 MHz  
xxx: Peripheral set  
Three character numeric  
No meaning is associated with these three characters  
d: Flash capacity  
5: 32 KB  
6: 64 KB  
7: 128 KB  
8: 256 KB  
CY8C  
5 8 6 8 AX/PV I - LPx x x  
Examples  
Cypress Prefix  
Architecture  
5: PSoC 5  
8: CY8C58LP Family  
6: 67 MHz  
Family Group within Architecture  
Speed Grade  
8: 256 KB  
Flash Capacity  
AX: TQFP, PV: SSOP  
I: Industrial  
Package Code  
Temperature Range  
Peripheral Set  
All devices in the PSoC 5LP CY8C58LP family comply to RoHS-6 specifications, demonstrating the commitment by Cypress to  
lead-free products. Lead (Pb) is an alloying element in solders that has resulted in environmental concerns due to potential toxicity.  
Cypress uses nickel-palladium-gold (NiPdAu) technology for the majority of leadframe-based packages.  
A high level review of the Cypress Pb-free position is available on our website. Specific package information is also available. Package  
Material Declaration Datasheets (PMDDs) identify all substances contained within Cypress packages. PMDDs also confirm the  
absence of many banned substances. The information in the PMDDs will help Cypress customers plan for recycling or other “end of  
life” requirements.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 116 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
13. Packaging  
Table 13-1. Package Characteristics  
Parameter  
Description  
Conditions  
Min  
–40  
–40  
Typ  
25  
Max  
85  
100  
Units  
°C  
T
Operating ambient temperature  
Operating junction temperature  
A
T
T
T
T
T
°C  
J
Package θ (68-pin QFN)  
15  
34  
13  
10  
°C/Watt  
°C/Watt  
°C/Watt  
°C/Watt  
JA  
JA  
JC  
JC  
JA  
Package θ (100-pin TQFP)  
JA  
Package θ (68-pin QFN)  
JC  
Package θ (100-pin TQFP)  
JC  
Table 13-2. Solder Reflow Peak Temperature  
Maximum Peak  
Package  
Maximum Time at  
Peak Temperature  
Temperature  
68-pin QFN  
260 °C  
260 °C  
30 seconds  
30 seconds  
100-pin TQFP  
Table 13-3. Package Moisture Sensitivity Level (MSL), IPC/JEDEC J-STD-2  
Package  
68-pin QFN  
100-pin TQFP  
MSL  
MSL 3  
MSL 3  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 117 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Figure 13-1. 68-pin QFN 8x8 with 0.4 mm Pitch Package Outline (Sawn Version)  
001-09618 *E  
Figure 13-2. 100-pin TQFP (14 x 14 x 1.4 mm) Package Outline  
51-85048 *G  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 118 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 14-1. Acronyms Used in this Document (continued)  
14. Acronyms  
Acronym  
FIR  
Description  
finite impulse response, see also IIR  
flash patch and breakpoint  
full-speed  
Table 14-1. Acronyms Used in this Document  
Acronym  
abus  
Description  
FPB  
FS  
analog local bus  
ADC  
AG  
analog-to-digital converter  
analog global  
GPIO  
general-purpose input/output, applies to a PSoC  
pin  
AHB  
AMBA (advanced microcontroller bus archi-  
tecture) high-performance bus, an ARM data  
transfer bus  
HVI  
IC  
high-voltage interrupt, see also LVI, LVD  
integrated circuit  
ALU  
arithmetic logic unit  
IDAC  
IDE  
current DAC, see also DAC, VDAC  
integrated development environment  
AMUXBUS analog multiplexer bus  
2
API  
application programming interface  
I C, or IIC  
Inter-Integrated Circuit, a communications  
protocol  
APSR  
application program status register  
advanced RISC machine, a CPU architecture  
automatic thump mode  
IIR  
infinite impulse response, see also FIR  
internal low-speed oscillator, see also IMO  
internal main oscillator, see also ILO  
integral nonlinearity, see also DNL  
input/output, see also GPIO, DIO, SIO, USBIO  
initial power-on reset  
®
ARM  
ILO  
IMO  
INL  
ATM  
BW  
bandwidth  
CAN  
Controller Area Network, a communications  
protocol  
I/O  
CMRR  
CPU  
common-mode rejection ratio  
central processing unit  
IPOR  
IPSR  
IRQ  
ITM  
LCD  
LIN  
interrupt program status register  
interrupt request  
CRC  
cyclic redundancy check, an error-checking  
protocol  
instrumentation trace macrocell  
liquid crystal display  
DAC  
DFB  
DIO  
digital-to-analog converter, see also IDAC, VDAC  
digital filter block  
Local Interconnect Network, a communications  
protocol.  
digital input/output, GPIO with only digital  
capabilities, no analog. See GPIO.  
LR  
link register  
DMA  
DNL  
direct memory access, see also TD  
differential nonlinearity, see also INL  
do not use  
LUT  
LVD  
LVI  
lookup table  
low-voltage detect, see also LVI  
low-voltage interrupt, see also HVI  
low-voltage transistor-transistor logic  
multiply-accumulate  
DNU  
DR  
port write data registers  
digital system interconnect  
data watchpoint and trace  
error correcting code  
LVTTL  
MAC  
MCU  
MISO  
NC  
DSI  
DWT  
ECC  
ECO  
EEPROM  
microcontroller unit  
master-in slave-out  
external crystal oscillator  
no connect  
electrically erasable programmable read-only  
memory  
NMI  
nonmaskable interrupt  
non-return-to-zero  
NRZ  
NVIC  
NVL  
opamp  
PAL  
EMI  
electromagnetic interference  
external memory interface  
end of conversion  
nested vectored interrupt controller  
nonvolatile latch, see also WOL  
operational amplifier  
EMIF  
EOC  
EOF  
EPSR  
ESD  
ETM  
end of frame  
programmable array logic, see also PLD  
program counter  
execution program status register  
electrostatic discharge  
embedded trace macrocell  
PC  
PCB  
PGA  
printed circuit board  
programmable gain amplifier  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 119 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
Table 14-1. Acronyms Used in this Document (continued)  
Acronym Description  
PHUB  
Table 14-1. Acronyms Used in this Document (continued)  
Acronym Description  
SOF  
peripheral hub  
physical layer  
start of frame  
PHY  
PICU  
PLA  
SPI  
Serial Peripheral Interface, a communications  
protocol  
port interrupt control unit  
programmable logic array  
programmable logic device, see also PAL  
phase-locked loop  
SR  
slew rate  
SRAM  
SRES  
SWD  
SWV  
TD  
static random access memory  
software reset  
PLD  
PLL  
serial wire debug, a test protocol  
single-wire viewer  
PMDD  
POR  
PRES  
PRS  
PS  
package material declaration datasheet  
power-on reset  
transaction descriptor, see also DMA  
total harmonic distortion  
transimpedance amplifier  
technical reference manual  
transistor-transistor logic  
transmit  
precise low-voltage reset  
pseudo random sequence  
port read data register  
THD  
TIA  
TRM  
TTL  
®
PSoC  
PSRR  
PWM  
RAM  
RISC  
RMS  
RTC  
RTL  
Programmable System-on-Chip™  
power supply rejection ratio  
pulse-width modulator  
TX  
UART  
Universal Asynchronous Transmitter Receiver, a  
communications protocol  
random-access memory  
reduced-instruction-set computing  
root-mean-square  
UDB  
universal digital block  
Universal Serial Bus  
USB  
real-time clock  
USBIO  
USB input/output, PSoC pins used to connect to  
a USB port  
register transfer language  
remote transmission request  
receive  
RTR  
RX  
VDAC  
WDT  
voltage DAC, see also DAC, IDAC  
watchdog timer  
SAR  
SC/CT  
SCL  
successive approximation register  
switched capacitor/continuous time  
WOL  
write once latch, see also NVL  
watchdog timer reset  
external reset I/O pin  
crystal  
WRES  
XRES  
XTAL  
2
I C serial clock  
2
SDA  
S/H  
I C serial data  
sample and hold  
15. Reference Documents  
SINAD  
SIO  
signal to noise and distortion ratio  
PSoC® 3, PSoC® 5 Architecture TRM  
PSoC® 5 Registers TRM  
special input/output, GPIO with advanced  
features. See GPIO.  
SOC  
start of conversion  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 120 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
16. Document Conventions  
16.1 Units of Measure  
Table 16-1. Units of Measure  
Symbol  
°C  
Unit of Measure  
degrees Celsius  
decibels  
dB  
fF  
femtofarads  
hertz  
Hz  
KB  
kbps  
Khr  
kHz  
kΩ  
1024 bytes  
kilobits per second  
kilohours  
kilohertz  
kilohms  
ksps  
LSB  
Mbps  
MHz  
MΩ  
Msps  
µA  
kilosamples per second  
least significant bit  
megabits per second  
megahertz  
megaohms  
megasamples per second  
microamperes  
microfarads  
microhenrys  
microseconds  
microvolts  
µF  
µH  
µs  
µV  
µW  
mA  
ms  
mV  
nA  
microwatts  
milliamperes  
milliseconds  
millivolts  
nanoamperes  
nanoseconds  
nanovolts  
ns  
nV  
Ω
ohms  
pF  
picofarads  
ppm  
ps  
parts per million  
picoseconds  
seconds  
s
sps  
sqrtHz  
V
samples per second  
square root of hertz  
volts  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Page 121 of 122  
PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family  
Datasheet  
PRELIMINARY  
17. Revision History  
Description Title: PSoC® 5LP: CY8C58LP Family Datasheet Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)  
Document Number: 001-84932  
Orig. of  
Change  
Submission  
Date  
Revision  
ECN  
Description of Change  
**  
3825653  
MKEA  
12/07/2012 Datasheet for new CY8C58LP family  
18. Sales, Solutions, and Legal Information  
Worldwide Sales and Design Support  
Cypress maintains a worldwide network of offices, solution centers, manufacturer’s representatives, and distributors. To find the office  
closest to you, visit us at Cypress Locations.  
Products  
PSoC Solutions  
Automotive  
cypress.com/go/automotive  
cypress.com/go/clocks  
cypress.com/go/interface  
cypress.com/go/powerpsoc  
cypress.com/go/plc  
psoc.cypress.com/solutions  
PSoC 1 | PSoC 3 | PSoC 5LP  
Clocks & Buffers  
Interface  
Lighting & Power Control  
Memory  
cypress.com/go/memory  
cypress.com/go/image  
cypress.com/go/psoc  
Optical & Image Sensing  
PSoC  
Touch Sensing  
USB Controllers  
Wireless/RF  
cypress.com/go/touch  
cypress.com/go/USB  
cypress.com/go/wireless  
© Cypress Semiconductor Corporation, 2012. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Cypress Semiconductor Corporation assumes no responsibility for the use of any  
circuitry other than circuitry embodied in a Cypress product. Nor does it convey or imply any license under patent or other rights. Cypress products are not warranted nor intended to be used for medical,  
life support, life saving, critical control or safety applications, unless pursuant to an express written agreement with Cypress. Furthermore, Cypress does not authorize its products for use as critical  
components in life-support systems where a malfunction or failure may reasonably be expected to result in significant injury to the user. The inclusion of Cypress products in life-support systems  
application implies that the manufacturer assumes all risk of such use and in doing so indemnifies Cypress against all charges.  
Any Source Code (software and/or firmware) is owned by Cypress Semiconductor Corporation (Cypress) and is protected by and subject to worldwide patent protection (United States and foreign),  
United States copyright laws and international treaty provisions. Cypress hereby grants to licensee a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to copy, use, modify, create derivative works of,  
and compile the Cypress Source Code and derivative works for the sole purpose of creating custom software and or firmware in support of licensee product to be used only in conjunction with a Cypress  
integrated circuit as specified in the applicable agreement. Any reproduction, modification, translation, compilation, or representation of this Source Code except as specified above is prohibited without  
the express written permission of Cypress.  
Disclaimer: CYPRESS MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES  
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Cypress reserves the right to make changes without further notice to the materials described herein. Cypress does not  
assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit described herein. Cypress does not authorize its products for use as critical components in life-support systems where  
a malfunction or failure may reasonably be expected to result in significant injury to the user. The inclusion of Cypress’ product in a life-support systems application implies that the manufacturer  
assumes all risk of such use and in doing so indemnifies Cypress against all charges.  
Use may be limited by and subject to the applicable Cypress software license agreement.  
Document Number: 001-84932 Rev. **  
Revised December 7, 2012  
Page 122 of 122  
®
®
®
®
®
CapSense , PSoC 3, PSoC 5, and PSoC Creator™ are trademarks and PSoC is a registered trademark of Cypress Semiconductor Corp. All other trademarks or registered trademarks referenced  
herein are property of the respective corporations.  
Purchase of I2C components from Cypress or one of its sublicensed Associated Companies conveys a license under the Philips I2C Patent Rights to use these components in an I2C system, provided  
that the system conforms to the I2C Standard Specification as defined by Philips.  
ARM is a registered trademark, and Keil, and RealView are trademarks, of ARM Limited. All products and company names mentioned in this document may be the trademarks of their respective holders.  

相关型号:

CY8C5868AXI-LP031

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)
CYPRESS

CY8C5868AXI-LP032

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)
CYPRESS
INFINEON

CY8C5868AXI-LP035

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)
CYPRESS
INFINEON

CY8C5868LTI-LP036

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)
CYPRESS

CY8C5868LTI-LP038

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)
CYPRESS
INFINEON

CY8C5868LTI-LP039

Programmable System-on-Chip (PSoC®)
CYPRESS
INFINEON
INFINEON
INFINEON